ANNUAL REPORT 2021
Confident.
Committed.
Consistent.
Annual Meeting
We cordially invite you to attend the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held at 9:30 a.m. local time on Thursday, April 28, 2022, at
the Company's Corporate Headquarters at 770 Township Line Road,
Yardley, PA 19067. A formal notice of this meeting, together with the
Proxy Statement and Proxy Card, was mailed to each shareholder
of common stock of record as of the close of business on March 8,
2022, and only holders of record on said date will be entitled to vote.
The Board of Directors of the Company requests the shareholders
of common stock to sign proxies and return them in advance of the
meeting or register your vote by telephone or through the Internet.
You may also vote in person at the Annual Meeting if you are a
shareholder of record.
NOTE: PROOF OF COVID-19 VACCINATION WILL BE REQUIRED
TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING THIS YEAR. PLEASE GO
TO WWW.CROWNCORK.COM/INVESTORS/PROXY-ONLINE FOR
FURTHER DETAILS.
Financial Highlights
(in millions, except share price and employee data)
NET SALES
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
MARKET PRICE (CLOSING)*
2021
$11,394
1,363
2020
$9,392
1,048
110.62
100.20
NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
26,109
33,264
*Source: New York Stock Exchange – Composite Transactions
Net Sales
B Y S E G M E N T
B Y G E O G R A P H I C A R E A
B Y P R O D U C T
39%
22%
16%
12%
11%
44%
24%
17%
15%
64%
22%
9%
5%
Americas Beverage
European Beverage
Asia Pacific
Transit Packaging
Other
United States & Canada
Beverage Cans
Europe, Middle East & North Africa
Food Cans & Closures
Central & South America
Asia Pacific
Transit Packaging
Other
A Letter to Shareholders
Our Company had an excellent year in 2021, with operating results exceeding our expectations in
the face of the ongoing coronavirus pandemic. Adjusted earnings per share increased 29% over
the prior year and 47% over the three-year period beginning in 2019. Segment income advanced
21% for the year and 43% over the same three-year period, as our global businesses performed
well both commercially and operationally. As planned, the Company significantly reduced its
debt to a year-end net leverage ratio of 3.2x, which compares to 3.9x at the end of 2020.
Crown’s strategy remains to responsibly deploy capital into our global beverage can operations to profitably expand production
capacity in support of growing customer demand in the alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks categories. We closely manage our
other businesses to increase income and cash flow, with the cash being used to support continued beverage can expansion,
pay down debt and/or return capital to shareholders in the form of dividends and the repurchase of stock.
In addition to initiating a quarterly dividend in March 2021, Crown repurchased $950 million of its common stock during the
year. In December 2021, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of $3 billion in Company common stock through
the end of 2024, reflecting confidence in the future performance and cash flow generation of the Company.
3
As a result of the previously announced strategic portfolio review, on August 31, 2021, the Company completed the sale of
its European tinplate businesses to KPS Capital Partners. Crown will retain a 20% ownership stake in the business. Further,
the Company fully settled its U.K. pension obligations, resulting in total pension obligations being reduced by $3 billion.
Crown’s share price closed 2021 at $110.62, gaining 10% for the year and outpacing the 9% advance in the Dow Jones U.S.
Containers & Packaging Index (DJCPI). For the three-year period ended in 2021, the Company’s shares have returned 168%,
compared to total returns during the same period of 100% and 73% of the S&P 500 Index and DJCPI, respectively. Crown
was the top performer in the packaging and paper segment over that time frame.
I would like to thank our employees and partners, whose hard work and dedication continue to be instrumental as we navigate
through the dual challenges presented by the pandemic and certain supply chain issues. Crown responded to the pandemic
quickly and took several specific actions, including increased safety measures at our manufacturing facilities to ensure that
they continue to meet evolving requirements in a safe and timely manner. The Company’s products are a crucial part of food
and beverage supply chains and also provide critical support to the transportation industry. The health and safety of our
employees, customers and partners is our highest priority.
Sustainability remains a core value at Crown. Our accomplishments in 2021 demonstrate how we integrate sustainability into
every aspect of the organization. In support of Crown’s dedication to help address the potential effects of climate change,
during the third quarter of last year we joined The Climate Pledge, a commitment to be net-zero carbon across our operations
by 2040, ten years ahead of the Paris Agreement. While the aluminum beverage can is already the world’s most responsible
beverage package – boasting the highest recycling rate, the greatest percentage of infinitely recyclable content and the most
value of any substrate – Crown earlier this year put forth ambitious recycling goals for each major global market to make even
further progress in the area of circularity.
The Company again holds the top position for mitigating environmental, social and governance (ESG) risk within the metal
and glass packaging sector, following a new assessment by ESG ratings provider Sustainalytics. Sustainalytics also advanced
Crown to the Negligible Risk category, a designation achieved by only 1% of the more than 12,000 companies reviewed. In
October, the Company was named to the Investor’s Business Daily Best ESG Companies of 2021 list, which recognizes the top
100 businesses with superior ESG ratings along with broad strength in fundamental and technical areas linked to stock price
performance. This is Crown’s first appearance on the list, ranking among the top five in the Industrials category, and
#24 overall. Crown is the only packaging company included in the top five organizations in the Industrials category.
The Company achieved an “A-” rating in the Climate Change 2021 CDP report and an “A” for Supplier Engagement with regard
to Climate Action as reported in the Company’s 2021 CDP report. These scores place Crown at the “Leadership” level in both
categories, which is the program’s highest tier. With this rating, Crown performed ahead of the global average of “B-,” the
North American regional average of “C” and its industry peer group, which also averaged a “C” for Climate Change. Crown
elevated its score from the Climate Change 2020 report and was acknowledged by CDP for its continued sustainability efforts
and progress toward its commitments to climate action as part of Twentyby30, the Company’s robust program that outlines
twenty measurable ESG goals to be achieved by 2030 or sooner.
Our global beverage can business, which comprised 64% of revenue in 2021, performed well during the year and continues to
be the major strategic focus of the Company’s future growth. Crown’s worldwide beverage can volume advanced 9% over the
previous year to 79 billion units, led by strong shipments in Europe, Mexico and North America (United States and Canada).
Over the past three years, the Company’s global beverage can volume has expanded at a compound annual growth rate
of more than 5%, outpacing estimated annual industry growth over the same period. To meet this accelerating demand,
the Company has commercialized and/or announced 25 billion units of beverage can capacity from late 2019 through the
end of 2023. We anticipate that Crown’s annualized global beverage can capacity at that time will exceed 100 billion units.
After almost two decades of decline, beverage can growth in North America, the world’s largest market, inflected during
2019 and has accelerated ever since. This expansion is driven by the outsized portion of new beverage products being
introduced in cans versus other packaging formats. Cans are increasingly preferred by brand owners and consumers – and
viewed by both as the most responsible and sustainable packaging option. Given its infinite recyclability, the beverage can is
truly a circular option, boasting a 60-day turnaround from the point of consumption to appearing back on the shelf. The same
beverage can will essentially be used six times a year – and 80% of aluminum ever produced is still in use today. A multitude of
successful product launches of sparkling waters, energy drinks, carbonated soft drinks, teas, nutritional beverages, cocktails,
hard seltzers and craft beers have fueled the robust growth.
Crown has a leading presence in North America and expects to ship over 28 billion cans to customers in the United States
and Canada in 2022 compared to a base of 20 billion in 2019 – an increase of 40%. Moreover, during that time period, we
expect that we will more than double our portion of specialty cans from 11% to more than 20% of the portfolio. To meet these
accelerating requirements, during 2021 we successfully commercialized a new two-line beverage can facility in Bowling Green,
Kentucky, and added a third production line to our plant in Olympia, Washington. In late 2022, we will commence operations
on the first line of a new two-line facility in Henry County, Virginia, with the second line expected to start up in early 2023.
Also, during 2023, we plan to commence production on a new two-line plant in Mesquite, Nevada.
With half of the Company’s beverage can revenue generated from fast-growing developing markets, and leadership positions
in a number of those key regions, Crown has established an excellent platform for expansion in the coming years. In Southeast
Asia, robust beverage can growth has been propelled by rising per capita GDP, relatively young and expanding populations
and substantial investment by our customers. During 2021, we commenced operation at a new facility in Vung Tàu, Vietnam,
and added a second line to our plant in Hanoi, Vietnam. In 2022, the Company will install a second line at one of its two plants
in Phnom Penh, which will result in a total of five production lines across two facilities in the fast-growing Cambodian capital
city. In Brazil, where cans have captured a significant portion of the package mix from glass bottles, we started up a second
production line at our Rio Verde facility in late 2021. During 2022, the Company will commence production on a new two-line
plant in Uberaba, in the southeastern state of Minas Gerais. To support additional customer requirements in Mexico, we will
begin production in 2022 on a second line at our Monterrey facility.
Crown’s Transit Packaging segment, which represented 22% of the Company’s revenue, provides critical in-transit protection
to high-value, high-volume goods across a number of end markets, including food and beverage, metals, corrugated,
construction and agriculture, among others. Combined with its highly engineered equipment and service business, the Transit
Packaging segment, which holds leading market positions in many of its markets, broadens and diversifies Crown’s customer
base and significantly increases the Company’s free cash flow. This segment had an excellent performance in 2021, with
revenue and segment income both advancing by 25%. The business is poised to benefit further in 2022 from alleviated
supply chain issues and the implementation of several cost-reduction initiatives during 2021.
The North American tinplate businesses (food cans, aerosol cans and closures) and the can manufacturing equipment
operations comprise the remaining 13% of Company revenue. These businesses each performed well in 2021, with income for
Annual Report 2021 5
the segment increasing 26% over the previous year. We expect further improved performance in 2022, driven largely
by increased volumes in the food can operations. During 2021, the Company commercialized two-piece food can production
lines in Dubuque, Iowa, and Hanover, Pennsylvania, and we will benefit from the resulting additional production volumes and
increased operational efficiencies in 2022.
John W. Conway, Jim L. Turner and William S. Urkiel are retiring as members of the Board of Directors of the Company. Mr.
Conway, who previously served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Crown from 2000 through 2015, has
been on the Board since 1997 and has been non-executive Chairman since 2016. During Mr. Conway’s tenure, the Company
improved its balance sheet, international reach and portfolio focus, increasing profitability, cash flow and shareholder value.
Mr. Turner, who has served on the Board since 2005, offered key insights in the areas of the beverage industry, strategy
development and operations, and Mr. Urkiel, who served on the Board since 2004, provided insights in the areas of finance
and capital allocation. We sincerely would like to thank John, Jim and Bill for their many contributions to the Company.
Earlier this year, Rose Lee stepped down as a member of the Board of Directors to pursue other opportunities. We appreciate
the contributions Rose made to the Company during her more than five-year tenure on the Board, particularly in the areas
of strategy and governance.
In February 2022, Crown elected Marsha C. Williams to the Board. Marsha previously served as Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer of Orbitz Worldwide, Inc. and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Equity
Officers Property Trust, among other senior financial roles over her career. She serves as Chairman of the Board of Modine
Manufacturing Company, which designs, manufactures and tests heat-transfer products for a wide variety of applications
and markets, and as lead director of Fifth Third Bancorp. We will benefit from Marsha’s broad range of executive and board
experience in finance, operations and strategy.
Looking ahead, we are excited about the future of our Company and its ability to create meaningful and sustainable value
for our shareholders. Our global beverage can, Transit Packaging and North American tinplate businesses are strong, holding
leading market positions and generating stable cash flows. As stewards of your capital, we have communicated our intention
to maintain a net leverage ratio of 3.0-3.5x and, after investing in profitable organic growth in our businesses, return remaining
capital to shareholders through dividends and share repurchases.
In closing, I would like to express my sincere appreciation to our 26,000 associates across operations in 40 countries.
Their continued dedication, commitment and drive for results is fundamental to our success.
Sincerely,
Timothy J. Donahue
President and Chief Executive Officer
S E C T I O N I :
Confident
In Our Future
Thriving Global Beverage Can Market
Strong Financial Position
380+ billion
beverage cans in 2021
14
%
$2.5B
$1.5B
2020
2025
Market averaging 5% annual
growth since 2019, up from
2-3% annual growth pre-2019
Three-year adjusted EPS
CAGR through 2021 of 14%
Adjusted EBITDA growth
from $1.5 billion in 2020 to a
projected $2.5 billion by 2025
Crown’s Beverage Can Volume Growth
47%
47% growth in global beverage
can capacity from 2019 to 2025
Additional capacity of
23 billion beverage cans
in the Americas by 2025
Specialty cans will account for more than 20%
of beverage cans produced in North America in
2022, with capacity almost tripling since 2019,
while overall North American volume
has expanded 40%
>20%
Effective Capital Allocation Strategy
$
Reduced leverage to 3.2x EBITDA at year-end 2021
Initiated quarterly dividend in 2021
Repurchased $950 million of common shares in 2021 and executed
Board authorization to repurchase an additional $3 billion of shares
from 2022 to 2024
Annual Report 2021 Setting the Stage for Future Growth
2021 was an extraordinary year for the manufacturing
industry. Despite unprecedented circumstances, we rose
to the occasion and leveraged our track record of sound
decision-making to continue growing and delivering
consistent long-term value creation to our shareholders.
For example, proceeds from the sale of our European
tinplate business to KPS Capital Partners were used to
reduce leverage, fund beverage can capacity expansion
projects and continue repurchasing outstanding shares.
In addition, we maintain several competitive advantages that set us apart in
our industry. We operate our own project management and engineering team
to implement new projects efficiently and seamlessly, rather than outsourcing
those resources. We also remain the only global canmaker that manufactures
can equipment, keeping us close to the technology and streamlining our
production and innovation processes. Finally, our recent beverage can
growth has been organic, consisting of new plant builds and line installations
rather than acquisitions. Together, these aspects of our business reflect our
competence and strength as a single organization.
Equipped with these capabilities and propelled by a booming beverage can
market, the outlook for Crown is bright. In this report, we will detail many of
the investments and commitments we are making for sustainable growth
well into the future.
7
TO P 2 5
C O M PA N I E S
Our strong sustainability
and financial performance
landed us in the top
25 companies on the
Investor's Business Daily
Best ESG Companies
of 2021 list.
In addition, we were the
only packaging company
included in the top
five companies in the
Industrials category.
“
Our recent beverage
can growth has been
organic, consisting
of new plant builds
and line installations
rather than
acquisitions.
”
Annual Report 2021
The Package That Reigns Supreme
It is a great time to be in the beverage can business.
Across the globe, the format is witnessing historic levels
of growth. Approximately 75% of new beverage launches
in North America now appear in cans — more than
double the rate of just five years ago.
This rising adoption can be attributed to several factors, including the
format’s sustainability credentials and convenience, an increase in off-
premise consumption as well as consumer demand for new beverage
options (e.g., energy drinks, seltzers) where cans are the preferred
package.
We remain confident in the future of the format and its profit potential,
with all signs pointing toward greater traction. This includes prominent
beverage brands building new facilities to significantly grow can filling
capacity, the rise in e-commerce and direct-to-consumer retail, increasing
incomes and young populations supporting consumption trends and
further expansion opportunities in beverage categories like energy
drinks, wine and liquor/cocktails.
The inherent characteristics of beverage cans also meet consumer needs
in ways that no other packaging format can. Metal packaging is lightweight
and convenient to carry, serve from and enjoy. It is durable, protecting
the product within and maintaining its freshness. In addition, and critical
to modern consumers: Cans are extremely sustainable and represent
packaging they can feel good about.
Zeroing in on Market Growth
Our diversified geographic footprint means we are
well positioned to focus on market-leading beverage can
platforms in North America, Europe and Brazil, as well
as Southeast Asia, Mexico and Turkey. Globally, we
project that our beverage can capacity will grow
by nearly 50% from 2019 to 2025 in response to the
direct needs and requests of our customers. We will
leverage our decades of experience in these markets
to nurture this growth and help our customers gain
traction with consumers.
9
A S TO R Y O F E P I C P R O P O R T I O N S
Imagine a world where wine is no longer available due to a lack of care for
the environment. Italian organic winemaker Zai Urban Winery did just that,
envisioning how a series of creative characters could return wine to the
world. Each of the six cans in the series feature a character and use vivid,
eye-catching graphics that lend the product a premium look and feel. A
QR code allows consumers to access the winery’s website where they can
discover details about the provenance of the wine and read the story behind
this exciting brand. Within just a few months of the product’s launch, Zai
Urban Winery expanded its canning facilities to meet consumer demand.
Annual Report 2021
Major Global Beverage Can Markets
A
B
D
C
E
F
G
H
I
A
B
C
D
E
120bn
17bn
6bn
35bn
87bn
North America
(4-6%)
Mexico
(6-7%)
Other Latin America
(5-6%)
Brazil
(5-6%)
Europe
(4-6%)
F
G
H
I
4bn
10bn
52bn
26bn
North Africa
(4-5%)
Middle East
(4-5%)
China
(4%)
Southeast Asia
(7%)
Estimated 2021 regional market size (in cans) and annual forecast growth
Annual Report 2021 11
R E G I O N A L T R E N D S :
T H E A M E R I CAS
North America Highlights
Energy drinks, spiked seltzers, canned cocktails and
flavored waters are poised for above-market growth.
Recent investments in the region will increase our
capacity to produce specialty cans, defined as sizes
other than the standard diameter can for 12-ounce
(355ml) beverages, in a market that has maintained
double-digit annual growth. In 2022, specialty cans
will represent more than 20% of our North American
portfolio—a major boost from an 11% representation
in 2017—on a 40% larger base of total volume.
Mexico Highlights
This market continues its strong historical growth, with
total can demand averaging +6-7% CAGR (2015-2021).
R E G I O N A L T R E N D S :
E U R O P E
Crown holds a leading position in the market,
with a share of 38%.
Alcoholic beverages represented 80% of Mexico’s
can market in 2021.
The region continues to shift toward cans and away
from returnable glass.
Brazil Highlights
The country’s beer market continues to see
a meaningful shift toward beverage cans. It is
anticipated that in 2022, 64% of beer will be
in cans, versus 48% in 2015.
Crown’s market share in the region has maintained
steady growth, rising to approximately 29% in 2021,
a six-point increase from 2013.
This region remains a strong proponent and consumer
of cans, with the market reaching a volume of nearly
90 billion cans and growing at a 4-6% CAGR. Increased
awareness of metal and its sustainable attributes,
along with off-premise consumption habits, are creating
greater preference for the format. Consumers are also
reaching for cans as they search for product variety and
more premium, aesthetically pleasing packaging options.
To meet this continued interest, we anticipate increasing
our beverage can capacity in Europe over the next
few years to meet expanding customer requirements.
R E G I O N A L T R E N D S :
S O U T H E AS T AS I A
Beverage cans are the package of choice in this high-
growth region. Increasing household incomes and young
populations, greater interest in sustainable packaging
and growing demand for smaller serving sizes are all
helping to drive the can’s popularity in countries such
as Cambodia, Thailand and Vietnam. With a forecasted
annual demand growth of approximately 7%, we expect
to maintain our market-leading positions based on our
excellent platform for future growth.
S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y
F E AT U R E S O F M E TA L
80%
of all aluminum ever
produced is still available
for use today
2x
69%
Consumers recycle
aluminum cans at more than
double the rate that they
recycle plastic bottles—
69% on average, globally
A Purposeful Path Forward
In 2020, we made a commitment to accelerate
our sustainability progress with the launch of our
Twentyby30 initiative. Sustainability is a critical
element of our business plan, and improving our
environment and its future health is simply the
right thing to do.
Aluminum is central to our sustainability strategy, which
puts us in a strong position, thanks to the material’s inherent
environmentally friendly credentials. In addition to being the
most recycled beverage package on the planet, beverage cans
feature the most recycled content on average compared to other
formats. Aluminum also offers the highest economic value among
competing substrates. With these benefits, it is no wonder why
80% of all aluminum ever produced is still available for use today.
A key differentiator with cans is that they are not only recyclable
in theory, but they are actually recycled in practice. Consumers
recycle aluminum cans at a rate of 69% on average, globally—more
than double the rate that they recycle plastic bottles. In Europe,
recycling rates exceed 76%, and in Brazil, numbers remain
significantly higher than other substrates, at a near-100%. Yet,
consumers can lack access to recycling infrastructure both publicly
and privately and are often unaware of proper recycling measures
or assume their recycled goods still end up in landfills. Therefore,
many people do not recycle properly, keeping metal from reaching
its full potential for recycling efficacy, particularly in the U.S.
We are taking a more active role in guiding the material through
its closed-loop system successfully—time and time again. Because
metal is an infinite material that has no limitations for recycling
and reproduction, its availability for future use is almost strictly
dependent on how well it is captured and reused over time.
“
Consumers recycle aluminum
cans at more than double the rate
that they recycle plastic bottles.
”
Annual Report 2021 13
R E F R E S H I N G O U R R E C YC L I N G TA R G E T S
The Optimum Circularity pillar of our Twentyby30 sustainability
program includes goals to increase the recycled content and
recycling rate of our products. We recently set new global
recycling targets to help propel the industry to the highest
recycling rates possible:
Americas:
U.S.: In line with our industry partners, strive to achieve:
70% by 2030, 80% by 2040 and 90% by 2050.
Mexico: Continue to maintain >90% through 2030. Work with
industry partners to establish a country-wide recycling rate.
Brazil: Continue to maintain >97% through 2030.
Asia Pacific:
Work with industry partners to establish country-wide
recycling rates in the three major markets in which we
operate: Cambodia, Thailand and Vietnam. Establish
2030 recycling goals by the end of 2025.
EMEA:
Crown will work with industry partners throughout the EMEA
region to strive for an 80% recycling rate in the countries in
which we operate.
S U P P O R T I N G O U R R E G I O N A L R E C YC L E R S
We supported multiple process and performance improvements
at local recycling centers in 2021. In partnership with the Can
Manufacturers Institute (CMI), we are helping fund can capture
equipment grants that allow material recovery facilities (MRFs)
to more effectively separate used beverage cans (UBCs) from
other recyclables and save them for reproduction.
With UBCs ranking as the most valuable commodity in the
recycling system, greater recovery rates not only ensure
the material can be available for reuse but also provide a
strong economic benefit. By December 2021, five grants were
awarded to facilities around the country, which will result in
an additional 71 million aluminum cans being recycled annually.
That adds up to over $1.15 million in revenue for the U.S.
recycling system and energy savings that could power more
than 28 million American homes for one hour.
The Package of Choice
for Tomorrow
Unlike any other packaging substrate, metal
offers inherent benefits that will maintain
its position as the package of choice across
multiple categories, including beverage,
food and personal care.
As brands continue to seek ways to connect with modern
consumers, metal packaging offers a viable option to align
with their values and contribute to a stronger Circular
Economy built to last.
Durable:
Hardy and tough, preventing
damage and locking in freshness
Convenient:
Easy to carry for enjoyment
anywhere, anytime
Sustainable:
Recyclable and responsible,
infinitely
Attractive:
Showstopper for graphics
and decorative effects
Customizable:
Variety in form and function
to meet individual lifestyles
M E TA L
>95%
Closed-Loop
Circularity Rate
Metal remains in high
circulation, with 80% of the
materials ever produced
still available today
80%
60
days
Metal boasts a
60-day turnaround
from point of
consumption to
appearing back on
the shelf
The same beverage can is used six times per year
69%
Metal: The most
recycled beverage
package in the world,
at an average global
rate of 69%
Annual Report 2021 M E TA L
P E T
~27%
Closed-Loop
Circularity Rate
5.6%
PET uses a minimal
amount of recycled
content in new units
(5.6%), consuming
more materials in the
manufacturing process
PET is stackable only when
shrink-wrapped or boxed,
thus uses more material in
distribution
Poor Consumer
Recycling Rates
~20%
PET has a limited capacity for recycling within sorting
facilities, with a consumer recycling rate of ~20%
15
A LO O K AT L I F E C YC L E :
H OW D O E S M E TA L S TAC K U P TO P E T ?
With the future availability of materials crucial to the success of
consumer packaged goods brands, it is important for packaging
to have an efficient, continuous lifespan. Investing in a format
that promotes circularity minimizes resource use, production
time and waste—all valuable elements for a healthy, long-lasting
business. Here are some of the ways metal hits the mark:
Metal: Closed-loop circularity rate >95%
Production – Saves >90% production energy when made
with recycled materials; features more recycled content
per new unit (>70%) than other formats.
Distribution – Inherent stackability allots more product
per truckload, meaning fewer emissions to get products to
consumers; durability results in less product damage and
loss, creating less waste.
Consumption – Easy for consumers to recycle with no steps
to prep (and is the most recycled beverage package in the
world at an average global rate of 69%); boasts a 60-day
turnaround from point of consumption to appearing back on
the shelf, allowing the same beverage can to be used six times
per year; limitless lifecycle with endless opportunity for reuse
and remains in high circulation, with 80% of the materials ever
produced still available today.
PET: Closed-loop circularity rate ~27%
Production – Minimal use of recycled content in new units
(5.6%), consuming more materials in manufacturing process.
Distribution – Stackable only when shrink-wrapped or boxed,
using more material; serves as inefficient barrier to light,
oxygen and punctures, meaning higher likelihood of product
damage and waste.
Consumption – Poor consumer recycling rates (~20%) and
limited capacity for recycling within sorting facilities; when
recycled, can be missorted due to paper labels, inks, etc.
that interfere with processing (one-third of PET lost during
the recycling process); often sent to landfill, creating a short
lifespan and larger carbon footprint.
Annual Report 2021
S E C T I O N I I :
Committed
To Our Growth
2021 Recap
9%
Grew worldwide beverage can volume
at a rate of 9% in 2021. The growth
was driven by robust expansion in all
regions, led by North America, Europe
and Mexico.
2022 Outlook
100
billion
Anticipate a global capacity of
nearly 100 billion beverage cans,
annualized
3 new
facilities
Broke ground on 3 new facilities in 2021
4 lines
Added 4 lines to existing facilities in 2021
17
Building Upon a Strong Foundation
Our stability and reliability are essential building blocks for the investments
we make across our portfolio. With confidence in the positive trajectory of our
key markets, we are executing multiple growth initiatives to create meaningful
shareholder value. This includes strategically expanding our geographic
footprint by breaking ground on new facilities, adding lines in existing facilities
to increase capacity and enhancing customer service, support and innovation.
These investments also help advance our product portfolio and graphics
capabilities to stay ahead of market trends.
By the end of 2022, we expect to have close to 100 billion units of annualized global beverage can
capacity, an increase of 28% from the 2019 base. This new capacity will meet the needs of a diverse and
balanced customer portfolio, including existing and new alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverage segments.
Food cans also remain a focus for us in North America. The demand profile for food cans is stable, and key
categories including pet food, seafood and other proteins are witnessing notable growth. Additionally, the
food can business requires relatively low levels of capital expenditure while generating a solid, predictable
cash flow. In 2021, we took steps to increase U.S. food can production and eliminate imports, creating
benefits for product flow and cost management.
S M A R T I N V E S T M E N T S
I N O U R F U T U R E
New Facilities
Plant Expansions
& Enhancements
2021
Commenced operations at our
new food can plant in Dubuque,
Iowa (U.S.).
The first line in our new Bowling
Green, Kentucky (U.S.), beverage
can facility began commercial
shipments.
Bowling Green, Kentucky’s (U.S.)
second beverage can line
became operational.
2022
Operations will commence at new
two-line beverage can plant in
Uberaba, Brazil.
Operations will commence at new
two-line beverage can plant in
Martinsville, Virginia (U.S.).
2023
Expected start-up of new two-line
beverage can plant in Mesquite,
Nevada (U.S.).
Began operations on a new two-piece
food can line in Hanover, Pennsylvania
(U.S.).
Began operations on third beverage can
line in Olympia, Washington (U.S.).
A new can line in Hanoi, Vietnam,
became operational.
A second beverage can line was
started in the recently constructed
Rio Verde, Brazil, plant.
Expected start-up of second beverage
can line in Monterrey, Mexico.
Additional line will be added to Owatonna,
Minnesota, food can plant.
Additional line will be added to Phnom
Penh, Cambodia, beverage can plant.
Annual Report 2021 19
To add to this positive outlook, our Transit Packaging Division is continually
improving in performance as manufacturing activity accelerates and
supply chain issues find resolution. We are successfully completing cost
reduction initiatives within this sector of the business while finding
innovative ways to increase efficiency for customers. For example,
the Division enhanced its Storfast system, a modular automated storage
and retrieval system that handles robot-based depalletizing, palletizing
and material handling, to now operate at twice its original speed. The
technology also features better control for acceleration and deceleration
of robotic carts and improved robustness to handle pallets weighing up to
4,400 pounds. Across other portfolio offerings, the Division continues to
prioritize automation, introducing innovations like its PackPoint packaging
system to robotic integration.
Across our business, we remain committed to new expansion opportunities
through vigorous and prudent analysis, focusing on those that can further
strengthen our geographic position and product portfolio and deliver even
greater value to our customers.
Successful Customer Partnerships
Our customers are the driving force of our business.
We take pride in the long-lasting customer
relationships we have forged and in our strong
retention rate of well over 90%. At the heart of these
successful partnerships is our commitment to innovation
and quality, our responsiveness and technical expertise,
our diverse portfolio and broad geographic reach.
C R U Z- I N G I N TO T H E S U M M E R S E AS O N
What better way to bring a summer campaign to life than with limited-
edition cans? That approach was at the core of the plan to help iconic
beer brand, Cruzcampo, a member of the Heineken Spain family, launch its
celebration of language and cultural diversity. Titled “Con Mucho Acento,”
which translates to “heavily accented” in English, each of the 12 cans
depicts a combination of a powerful local word and its visual interpretation
by six young local artists. Our Accents™ variable printing technology
enables the great variety of designs to be produced in a single print run,
making the collectible series as diverse as the Andalusian culture itself.
Each of the 12 bright red images uses transparent ink for a premium finish–
accentuated by the natural color of the metal itself under a matte varnish.
Annual Report 2021
Managing Our Growth Sustainably
As we closed in on our 2020 sustainability goals and began
planning for the next decade of progress, we were motivated
to accelerate our sustainability commitments. Our robust
Twentyby30 program was born, and while it includes goals
that stretch across the ESG spectrum, they are all grounded
in our long-standing commitment to drive change
where and how we can. Highlights from 2021 include:
E S TA B L I S H I N G N E W PA R T N E R S H I P S
We joined The Climate Pledge, a commitment to net-zero
carbon across our operations by 2040, ten years ahead of
the Paris Agreement, and the Ellen MacArthur Foundation’s
Network, where the Company will help identify innovative
solutions that support the transition to a Circular Economy.
R E LY I N G O N O U R R E N E WA B L E S
We are moving toward greater reliance on renewables by
increasing our use of wind and solar across our operations.
Our refreshed targets include reaching 75% renewable
electricity by 2030 and 100% by 2040, and we are well on
our way. In 2020, we became the first metal packaging
manufacturer to activate renewable electricity in 100% of
its U.S. and Canadian beverage can plants. In 2021, we also
took steps to power our Mexican beverage can operations
with renewable electricity that will become operational
in late 2022, allowing us to achieve greater than 40%
renewable electricity within our global beverage operations.
E T H I CA L S O U R C I N G M E T H O D S
Our Brazilian operations and our Mexican beverage
can operations were both certified by the Aluminium
Stewardship Initiative (ASI) for meeting parameters for the
ASI Performance Standard and elevated efforts within our
biodiversity and human rights impact assessment programs.
21
C H A M P I O N S O F S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y
We have always said our people are our biggest asset.
This statement rings true as we consider our trajectory
for the next decade. The work our teams around the
world do every day is what enables us to maximize
our potential. Every other year, we recognize their
extraordinary efforts with our Chairman’s Sustainability
Awards. This cycle’s winners include:
Bangi, Malaysia:
Received the Environmental Sustainability Award for
reducing volatile organic compound (VOC) emissions,
helping to protect employees and prevent ozone
depletion, as well as yield electricity and natural
gas savings.
Owatonna, Minnesota (U.S.):
Received the Social Sustainability Award for engaging
its community with employment opportunities, toy
drives for children and other examples of outreach.
Izmit, Turkey:
Received the Sustainability Award for Safety for
prioritizing safe operations with new training methods,
topical discussions and improved awareness, reporting
and corrective actions.
Brazil:
Our Brazilian operations received a special Divisional
Environmental Award for achieving zero waste to
landfill at all seven local manufacturing facilities by
optimizing methods of reduction, reuse and recycling.
S E C T I O N I I I :
Consistent
In Our Strategy
Positive Financial Trajectory
$950
million
Repurchased $950 million of common shares
$
Generated approximately
$3.4 billion in operating
cash flow during three-
year period through 2021
Grew adjusted EPS at a
14% CAGR for the period
2019 to 2021
Three-year adjusted
EBITDA CAGR
through 2021 of 13%
13%
$
$
Initiated dividend
$
$
$
$
$3 billion
Executed Board authorization to
repurchase an additional $3 billion in
shares from 2022 to 2024
Successfully divested
European Tinplate business
Annual Report 2021 23
A Position that Sets the Pace
Crown’s strong portfolio of businesses, from beverage and
food cans to personal care and transit packaging, reflects
a mix of growth, value and cash generation. Our robust
financial metrics reflect our results-driven strategies and
our commitment to remaining a successful organization.
We maintain a leading position among our peers, thanks to the strength of
our people; track record of innovation and sustainability; and product, market
and technical expertise. These characteristics have made us the partner of
choice for local, national and international customers as they seek to adapt to
shifting consumer trends and increasing competition.
“
Our robust financial metrics reflect
our results-driven strategies and
our commitment to remaining a
successful organization.
”
Annual Report 2021 25
R E D E F I N I N G D E C O R AT I O N L I M I T S
In 2021, we announced plans to commercialize the fastest digital decorator
available to the beverage can market. The high-speed technology, debuting
in collaboration with decoration solution provider Velox, will open up new
design possibilities beverage brands have not had access to before, such as
the ability to print graphics across a larger area of the can and to eliminate
white basecoats when printing onto the can surface. It will also allow them
to more easily offer short-run, seasonal or limited-edition offerings that
are becoming an increasingly popular way to secure consumer sales.
CA P I TA L I Z I N G O N T H E C O C K TA I L C R A Z E
Italian craft brewer Baladin utilized our expertise to create innovative mixed
drinks housed in metal packaging. Inspired by classic drinks like Moscow
mules and gin and tonics, the brand debuted a range of six craft beer-based
cocktails in colorful new 23.7cl (8oz) cans. Offered in the perfect serving
size and featuring easy-open ends, the cans address consumer demand
for a convenient way to enjoy spirits on the go.
B L E N D I N G E F F I C I E N C Y W I T H S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y
To serve a pressing need for more eco-friendly strapping materials, our
Transit Packaging Division launched its Dylastic Bio-based Strapping solution
to the European market. Using 40% plant-based resins and certified by
testing and certification organization ISCC to meet the standards for bio-
based products, the innovation lowers the use of petroleum-based raw
materials while requiring no changes to customer equipment nor altering
strapping performance. Additionally, the material is recyclable in the current
collection stream, contributing to the Circular Economy and reducing waste.
Annual Report 2021
Award-Winning Achievements
S U P P LY I N G “ E XC E L L E N C E ” TO C U S TO M E R S
For the second time in three years, SC Johnson—which we
support with aerosol packaging in various markets—awarded
us with a title at its 2020 Together We Win Supplier Awards. Our
commitment to continuous improvement, excellence in supply
chain management and focus on collaborative processes landed
us the Value Excellence Award and placed us in the company
of only a few select honorees out of more than 4,000 of the
customer’s suppliers.
C R E AT I N G A “ Q U A L I T Y ” A P P E A R A N C E
The International Metal Decorating & Packaging Association
(IMDPA) honored us with two best-of-category awards in its
latest competition, highlighting crisp, clean graphics work on
a gin cocktail package for The Strait & Narrow, as well as a
complex design created for Caja de Muerto Caribbean Ale.
E N GAG I N G W I T H I N N OVAT I O N
La Boîte-Boisson (MPE) and Chaque Canette Compte (ECC
France), in partnership with not-for-profit sustainability
organization Citeo, recognized our designs for Suntory in the
Les Canettes d’Or award ceremony. Suntory Orangina’s Pulco
Lemonade received the Best Design award in the Soft Drinks,
Water, Fruit Juice & Energy Drink category for its premium qualities
of a sleek style and tactile matte varnish, while the brand’s
Orangina received the Best Promotional Can award for its limited-
edition game accessible via a printed QR code.
Demonstrated Sustainability
Delivering against our commitments is an important principle of
our organization, leading us to design and execute strategies that
are aggressive but still feasible. Our Twentyby30 sustainability
program is built to strike this balance, allowing us to make
meaningful progress around key areas of focus and prove our
ability to meet specific goals.
Our continuing efforts around corporate stewardship have been recognized. In 2021,
we earned several acknowledgments:
CDP, a leading global environmental impact non-profit organization, recognized Crown
as a climate change leader, placing the Company in the Leadership level in its Climate
Change 2021 report. The “A-” ranking positioned Crown ahead of the global average,
the North American regional average and its industry peer group.
CDP awarded Crown a Supplier Engagement Rating (SER) of “A” as part of its annual
climate change assessment of companies globally. This rating earned Crown a spot on
the 2021 Supplier Engagement Leaderboard and put the Company in the top 8% of
11,457 companies assessed by CDP.
ESG ratings provider Sustainalytics ranked Crown in the top position for mitigating
ESG risk within the metal and glass packaging sector for the second consecutive year.
Sustainalytics also advanced Crown to the Negligible Risk category, a designation
achieved by only 1% of the more than 12,000 global companies reviewed.
Crown’s North American Beverage Packaging business ranked within the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA) Top 25 Green Power Partners from the
Fortune 500 list for demonstrating a commitment to advancing the green power market.
Crown was named to the 100 Best Corporate Citizens of 2021 list by 3BL Media,
headlined by its strong performance in the Climate Change pillar, within which it
ranked ninth place.
B OA R D O F D I R E C TO R S
TIMOTHY J. DONAHUE (A)
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company
RICHARD H. FEARON (B, D)
Former Vice Chairman and Chief Financial and Planning Officer
of Eaton Corporation
ANDREA J. FUNK (B, C)
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of EnerSys*
STEPHEN J. HAGGE (A, C, D)
Former President and Chief Executive Officer of AptarGroup
JAMES H. MILLER (A, C, D)
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of PPL Corporation
JOSEF M. MÜLLER (B, C)
Former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Nestlé in the Greater
China Region
B. CRAIG OWENS (A, B)
Former Chief Financial Officer and Chief Administrative Officer of
Campbell Soup Company
CAESAR F. SWEITZER (A, B, D)
Former Senior Advisor and Managing Director of Citigroup Global
Markets
MARSHA C. WILLIAMS (C)
Former Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Orbitz
Worldwide
DWAYNE A. WILSON (B)
Former Senior Vice President of Fluor Corporation
*Effective April 1, 2022
JOSEPH C. PEARCE
Vice President – Corporate Tax
JOHN ROST
Vice President – Global Sustainability and Regulatory Affairs
ANTHONY VITELLO
Chief Information Security Officer
DEBORAH L. JASKEL
Assistant Corporate Controller
MICHAEL J. ROWLEY
Assistant Corporate Secretary and Assistant General Counsel
ROSEMARY M. HASELROTH
Assistant Corporate Secretary
D I V I S I O N O F F I C E R S
AMERICAS DIVISION
DJALMA NOVAES, JR.
President
EDUARDO ARGUETA
President – Mexico and Caribbean
WILMAR ARINELLI
President – Beverage Packaging Brazil
THOMAS J. GORDON
President – Food Packaging North America
MARK KETCHESON
President – Beverage Packaging North America
JUAN CARLOS TRUJILLO
President – Colombia
COMMITTEES:
(A) EXECUTIVE, (B) AUDIT, (C) COMPENSATION, (D) NOMINATING
AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
MATTHEW R. MADEKSZA
President – Closures, Aerosol and Promotional Packaging (CAPP)
North America
C O R P O R AT E O F F I C E R S
TIMOTHY J. DONAHUE
President and Chief Executive Officer
GERARD H. GIFFORD
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
DANIEL A. ABRAMOWICZ
Executive Vice President – Corporate Technology and Regulatory
Affairs
CARLOS BAILA
Senior Vice President – Global Procurement
KEVIN C. CLOTHIER
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
ADAM J. DICKSTEIN
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
SIDONIE LÉCLUSE
Senior Vice President – Diversity and Inclusion
DAVID A. BEAVER
Vice President and Treasurer
CHRISTOPHER A. BLAINE
Vice President – Corporate Risk Management
THOMAS T. FISCHER
Vice President – Investor Relations and Corporate Affairs
CHRISTY L. KALAUS
Vice President and Corporate Controller
TORSTEN J. KREIDER
Vice President – Planning and Development
RONALD S. CENDERELLI
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
ALFRED J. DERMODY
Senior Vice President – Human Resources
KENNETH W. TUTIN
Vice President – Business Support
EUROPEAN DIVISION
ASHWINI KOTWAL
President
SIDONIE LÉCLUSE
Senior Vice President – D&I Global and EMEA Human Resources
JEAN-FRANCOIS LELOUCH
Chief Legal Counsel
ANDREA VAVASSORI
Chief Financial Officer
PAUL BROWETT
Vice President – Treasurer
HUGUES CHEVALIER
Vice President – Procurement
NÜVIT ERKU
Vice President – Commercial Europe
ATILA USANMAZ
Vice President – Operations
SANDRINE DUQUERROY-DELESALLE
Director – Sustainability and External Affairs
FREDERIC MARCIALIS
Supply Chain Optimization Manager
Annual Report 2021 ASIA PACIFIC DIVISION
HOCK HUAT GOH
President
MARTYN GOODCHILD
Senior Vice President – Manufacturing
FRANK KOH
Senior Vice President – Beverage Packaging Southeast Asia
YIN LENG CHAN
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
PATRICK NG
Vice President – Sourcing
CLEMENT CHIN
Director – Beverage Packaging China and Hong Kong
PATRICK LEE
Director – Food and Aerosol Thailand
CHEE MENG WAN
Director – Supply Chain
TOH KAI YONG
Senior Regional Human Resource Manager
DRAGON WONG
Group General Manager – Superior Multi-Packaging Limited
CROWN PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY
DANIEL A. ABRAMOWICZ
President
KEVIN AMBROSE
Vice President – Development Technology
MICHAEL A. ANTRY
Vice President – Environment, Health and Safety
BRIAN ROGERS
Vice President – Project Management and Engineering
TRANSIT PACKAGING
ROBERT H. BOURQUE, JR.
President
LENNART BANGMAN
Group President – EMEA
ROBERT BARKER
Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
FRED LEH
Senior Vice President – Global Human Resources
RICHARD MORGAN
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
GAURAV MAHESHWARI
Group President – Asia Pacific
LUCAS SCOTT
Senior Vice President – Global Quality
KEITH HEAVERLO
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
BYRON J. PAUL
Group President – Automation & Packaging Technologies
MICHAEL K. WATTS
Senior Vice President – Strategy & Business Development
LANCE WRIGHT
Group President – Americas
GIAN LUCA BON
Vice President – Global Procurement
29
I N V E S TO R I N F O R M AT I O N
COMPANY PROFILE
Crown Holdings, Inc., through its subsidiaries, is a leading global
supplier of rigid packaging products to consumer marketing
companies, as well as transit and protective packaging products,
equipment and services to a broad range of end markets.
World headquarters are located in Yardley, Pennsylvania. As of
December 31, 2021, the Company operated 200 plants located
in 40 countries, employing 26,000 people.
STOCK TRADING INFORMATION
Stock Symbol: CCK (Common)
Stock Exchange Listing: New York Stock Exchange
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
770 Township Line Rd., Yardley, PA 19067
Main phone: +1 (215) 698-5100
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
Registered shareholders needing information about stock
holdings, transfer requirements, registration changes, account
consolidations, lost certificates or address changes should
contact the Company’s stock transfer agent and registrar:
MAILING ADDRESS:
EQ Shareowner Services
1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101
Mendota Heights, MN 55120
GENERAL TELEPHONE NUMBER:
1-800-468-9716
WEBSITE:
www.shareowneronline.com
Owners of shares in street name (shares held by any bank
or broker in the name of the bank or brokerage house) should
direct communications or administrative matters to their bank
or stockbroker.
FORM 10-K AND OTHER REPORTS
The Company will provide without charge a copy of its Annual
Report on Form 10-K, excluding exhibits, as filed with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). To request a copy
of the Company’s Annual Report, call toll free 888-400-7789
or write to Investor Relations Department, Crown Holdings, Inc.,
770 Township Line Road, Yardley, PA 19067.
INTERNET
Visit our website at www.crowncork.com for more information
about the Company, including news releases and investor
information.
CERTIFICATIONS
The Company included as Exhibit 31 to its 2021 Annual Report
on Form 10-K, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission, certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The CEO and CFO
certify to, among other things, the information contained in the
Company’s Form 10-K. The Company has also submitted to the
New York Stock Exchange a certification from the CEO certifying
that he is not aware of any violation by the Company of New York
Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards.
NOTES
NOTES
S E C T I O N I V:
Form
10-K
Annual Report 2021 UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
☐
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ___ to ___
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 000-50189
CROWN HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Pennsylvania
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
770 Township Line Road
Yardley
PA
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 215-698-5100
____________________
75-3099507
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
19067-4232
(Zip Code)
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
Title of each class
Common Stock $5.00 Par Value
7 3/8% Debentures Due 2026
7 1/2% Debentures Due 2096
Trading Symbols
CCK
CCK26
CCK96
Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: NONE
(Title of Class)
____________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filings requirements for the past 90
days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange
Act
Large Accelerated Filer
Non-accelerated filer
☒
☐
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
☐
☐
☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial
reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
As of June 30, 2021, 132,157,477 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, excluding shares held in Treasury, were issued and outstanding, and the aggregate market value
of such shares held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on such date was $13,507,815,724 based on the New York Stock Exchange closing price for such shares on that date.
As of February 23, 2022, 124,572,262 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock were issued and outstanding.
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 28, 2022
Part III to the extent described therein
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Document
Parts Into Which Incorporated
Crown Holdings, Inc.
2021 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Item 1
Business ...........................................................................................................................................
Item 1A
Risk Factors .....................................................................................................................................
Item 1B
Unresolved Staff Comments ............................................................................................................
Item 2
Properties .........................................................................................................................................
Item 3
Legal Proceedings ............................................................................................................................
Item 4
Mine Safety Disclosures ..................................................................................................................
PART II
Item 5
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities ..............................................................................................................................
Item 6
Reserved ...........................................................................................................................................
Item 7
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ..........
Item 7A
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk .........................................................
Item 8
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...............................................................................
Item 9
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ..........
Item 9A
Controls and Procedures ..................................................................................................................
Item 9B
Other Information ............................................................................................................................
Item 9C
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections .............................................
PART III
Item 10
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ..............................................................
Item 11
Executive Compensation .................................................................................................................
Item 12
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters .............................................................................................................................................
Item 13
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ................................
Item 14
Principal Accounting Fees and Services ..........................................................................................
PART IV
Item 15
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ...................................................................................
Item 16 ....... Form 10-K Summary .......................................................................................................................
SIGNATURES ......................................................................................................................................................
1
6
21
21
23
23
23
24
25
39
40
85
85
86
86
86
86
87
87
87
88
93
94
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
Crown Holdings, Inc.
PART I
Crown Holdings, Inc. (the "Company" or the "Registrant") (where the context requires, the "Company" shall include reference
to the Company and its consolidated subsidiary companies) is a Pennsylvania corporation.
The Company is a worldwide leader in the design, manufacture and sale of packaging products for consumer goods and
industrial products. The Company's consumer packaging solutions primarily support the beverage and food industries through
the sale of aluminum and steel cans. The Company's packaging for industrial products includes steel and plastic consumables
and equipment, paper-based protective packaging, and plastic film consumables and equipment, which are sold into the metals,
food and beverage, construction, agricultural, corrugated and general industries.
At December 31, 2021, the Company operated 200 plants along with sales and service facilities throughout 40 countries and
had approximately 26,000 employees. In 2021, consolidated net sales for the Company were $11.4 billion with 63% derived
from operations outside the United States ("U.S.")
The Company's strategy is to deploy capital into its global beverage can operations to expand production capacity to support
growing customer demand in alcoholic and non-alcoholic drink categories. Beverage cans are the world’s most sustainable and
recycled beverage packaging and continue to gain market share in new beverage product launches. The Company continues to
drive brand differentiation by increasing its ability to offer multiple specialty can sizes. Size variations include slim and sleek
cans, as well as larger sizes to help customers differentiate their products.
Approximately 64% of the Company's consolidated net sales were derived from the Company's global beverage can operations.
The Company’s beverage can business is built around local, regional and global markets, which has served to develop the
Company’s understanding of global customer and consumer expectations. The Company expects to continue to responsibly
add beverage can capacity in many of its growing markets around the world.
REPORTABLE SEGMENTS
The Company's business is generally organized by product line and geography. The reportable segments are: Americas
Beverage, European Beverage, Asia Pacific and Transit Packaging.
AMERICAS BEVERAGE
The Americas Beverage segment manufactures aluminum beverage cans and ends, glass bottles, steel crowns and aluminum
caps. Manufacturing facilities are located in the U.S., Brazil, Canada, Colombia and Mexico. Americas Beverage had net sales
in 2021 of $4.4 billion and segment income (as defined under Note Y to the consolidated financial statements) of $756 million.
EUROPEAN BEVERAGE
The European Beverage segment manufactures aluminum beverage cans and ends in Europe, the Middle East and North Africa.
European Beverage had net sales in 2021 of $1.8 billion and segment income (as defined under Note Y to the consolidated
financial statements) of $259 million.
ASIA PACIFIC
The Asia Pacific segment primarily consisting of beverage can operations in Cambodia, China, Indonesia, Malaysia, Myanmar,
Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam and also includes non-beverage can operations, primarily food cans and specialty packaging.
The Asia Pacific had net sales in 2021 of $1.3 billion and segment income (as defined under Note Y to the consolidated
financial statements) of $182 million.
TRANSIT PACKAGING
The Company's Transit Packaging segment includes the Company’s worldwide industrial and protective solutions and
equipment and tools businesses. Industrial solutions include steel strap, plastic strap, industrial film and other related products
that are used in a wide range of industries. Protective solutions include transit protection products, such as airbags, edge
protectors, and honeycomb products that help prevent movement of, and/or damage to, a wide range of industrial and consumer
1
Crown Holdings, Inc.
goods during transport. Equipment and tools includes manual, semi-automatic and automatic equipment and tools, which are
primarily used in end-of-line operations to apply consumables such as strap and film.
The Transit Packaging had net sales in 2021 of $2.5 billion and segment income (as defined under Note Y to the consolidated
financial statements) of $318 million.
OTHER
The Company's other segments ("Other") include the Company's food can, aerosol can and closures business in North America,
and beverage tooling and equipment operations in the U.S. and United Kingdom ("U.K."). The Company manufactures a
variety of food and aerosol cans and ends and aerosol cans in assorted shapes and sizes. The Company’s customers include
manufacturers of food, personal care, household and industrial products.
Additional financial information concerning the Company’s reportable segments is set forth within “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report and under Note Y to the consolidated
financial statements.
SALES AND DISTRIBUTION
Global marketers qualify suppliers on the basis of their ability to provide global service, innovative designs and technologies in
a cost-effective manner.
With its global reach, the Company primarily markets and sells products to customers through its own sales and marketing
staff. In some instances, contracts with customers are centrally negotiated, but products are ordered through and distributed
directly by the Company’s local facilities. The Company’s facilities are generally located in proximity to their respective major
customers. The Company works closely with customers in order to develop new business and to extend the duration of existing
contracts.
Many customers provide the Company with quarterly or annual estimates of product requirements along with related quantities
pursuant to which periodic commitments are given. Such estimates assist the Company in managing production and controlling
use of working capital. The Company schedules its production to meet customer requirements. Because the production time for
the Company’s products is short, any backlog of customer orders in relation to overall sales is not significant.
COMPETITION
Most of the Company’s packaging products for consumer goods are sold in highly competitive markets, primarily based on
price, quality, service and performance. The Company competes with other packaging manufacturers as well as with fillers,
food processors and packers, some of whom manufacture containers for their own use and for sale to others. The Company’s
competitors include, but are not limited to, Ardagh Metal Packaging, Ball Corporation, Ball Metalpack, Mauser Packaging
Solutions, Can-Pack S.A., Metal Container Corporation, Silgan Holdings Inc., and Trivium Packaging.
Transit Packaging also faces substantial competition from many regional and local competitors of various sizes in the
manufacture, distribution and sale of its products. Transit Packaging differentiates itself from the competition by leveraging its
global scale, broad product portfolio and established brand reputation. Transit Packaging products compete, to some extent,
with various other packaging materials, including other products made of paper, plastics, wood and various types of metal.
CUSTOMERS
The Company’s largest beverage can customers consist of many of the leading manufacturers and marketers of packaged
consumer products in the world, including Anheuser-Busch InBev, Coca-Cola, Heineken, Keurig Dr Pepper, Molson Coors,
Pepsi-Cola and Refresco, among others. Consolidation trends among beverage marketers have led to a concentrated customer
base. The Company’s top ten global customers represented in the aggregate approximately 47% of its 2021 consolidated net
sales.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, two customers each accounted for 11% of the Company's consolidated net sales. These
customers are global beverage companies served by the Company's beverage operations in the Americas, Europe and Asia.
These same two customers accounted for 11% and 10%, respectively, of the Company's consolidated net sales in 2020. For the
year ended December 31, 2019, one of these customers accounted for 12% of the Company's consolidated net sales.
2
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Each reportable segment, with the exception of Transit Packaging, has major customers and the loss of one or more of these
major customers could have a material adverse effect on an individual segment or the Company as a whole. In addition to sales
to Coca-Cola and Pepsi-Cola, the Company also supplies independent licensees of Coca-Cola and Pepsi-Cola.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
The Company's global Research, Development & Engineering ("RD&E") Center for packaging products for consumer goods is
located in Wantage, U.K. The Company utilizes its centralized corporate RD&E capabilities to advance and deliver
technologies for the Company's worldwide packaging activities that (1) promote development of value-added metal packaging
systems for its customers, (2) design cost-efficient manufacturing processes, systems and materials and material-efficient
container designs that further the sustainability of metal packaging, (3) provide continuous quality and/or production efficiency
improvements in its manufacturing facilities, (4) advance customer and supplier relationships, and (5) provide value-added
engineering services and technical support. These capabilities facilitate (1) the identification of new and/or expanded market
opportunities by working directly with customers to develop new packaging products or enhance existing packaging products
through the application of new technologies that better differentiate customers' products in the retail environment (for example,
the creation of new packaging shapes, novel decoration methods, or the addition of digital content through unique codes) and/or
the incorporation of consumer-valued features (for example, improved openability and/or ease of use) and (2) the reduction of
manufacturing costs by reducing the material content of the Company's products (while retaining necessary performance
characteristics), reducing spoilage, and increasing operating efficiencies in manufacturing facilities. The corporate RD&E
Center is also applying technical expertise to advance product design and manufacturing capabilities for the Company's Transit
Packaging segment, supplementing their existing product developments.
The Company maintains a substantial portfolio of patents and other intellectual property ("IP") in the field of metal packaging
systems and seeks strategic partnerships to extend its IP in existing and emerging markets. As a result, the Company has
licensed IP in geographic regions where the Company has a limited market presence today. Existing technologies such as
SuperEnd® beverage ends, 360 End™ beverage ends, Easy-Flow™ beverage ends, Eole™ easy-open food ends, OrbitTM easy-
open metal vacuum closures, EcoPeelTM peelable food ends, PeelFitTM peelable food ends and can shaping have been licensed
in Europe, Australia, Japan, and Africa to provide customers with global access to Crown's brand building innovations.
Transit Packaging is well known throughout its markets for its ability to drive product innovation and leadership in new
technologies. Transit Packaging focuses on market driven innovation and has a long history of creating product and service
solutions that solve problems and create value for its customers. Transit Packaging platforms are primarily responsible for
designing and executing their own research and development projects and the development process is comprised of a customer-
oriented, "outside-in" approach. They work with customers to determine their most pressing industrial packaging challenges,
utilizing a rigorous multi-step product development process to ensure that they shape the ultimate product for both the customer
and the broader market. Transit Packaging's track record of new product innovation is largely due to the success of this model.
Transit Packaging has been an industry leader in industrial packaging innovation over the last 100 years as evidenced by their
introduction of the first strap packaging product (1913), the first fully-automatic strapping machine (1946), the industry's first
battery operated plastic strap hand tools (1995), and most recently the industry's first battery-operated steel strap hand tools
(2013). At the core of its intellectual property strategy is a focus on obtaining quality patents that cover key products and
technologies, in alignment with its business objectives. Transit Packaging has grown its global patent portfolio to over 320 U.S.
issued patents or pending patent applications and over 1,130 foreign issued patents or pending patent applications. The portfolio
broadly covers about 320 customized technologies and spans diverse business platforms, as well as the different countries in
which it operates.
The Company spent $47 million in 2021, $48 million in 2020, and $50 million in 2019 in its RD&E activities. Certain of these
activities are expected to improve and expand the Company's product lines in the future. These expenditures include projects to
improve manufacturing efficiencies, reduce unit costs, and develop new and improved value-added packaging systems.
MATERIALS AND SUPPLIERS
The Company uses various raw materials, primarily aluminum and steel, in its manufacturing operations. Transit Packaging
also uses materials derived from crude oil and natural gas, such as polyethylene and polypropylene. In general, these raw
materials are purchased in highly competitive, price-sensitive markets, which have historically exhibited price and demand
cyclicality. These and other materials used in the manufacturing process have historically been available in adequate supply
from multiple sources.
3
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The Company has agreements for what it considers adequate supplies of raw materials. However, sufficient quantities may not
be available in the future due to, among other things, shortages due to excessive demand, weather or other factors, including
disruptions in supply caused by raw material transportation or production delays. From time to time, some of the raw materials
have been in short supply but, to date, these shortages have not had a significant impact on the Company’s operations.
In 2021, consumption of aluminum and steel represented 43% and 8%, respectively, of consolidated cost of products sold,
excluding depreciation and amortization. Due to the significance of these raw materials to the overall cost of products sold, raw
material efficiency is a critical cost component of the products manufactured. Supplier consolidations, changes in ownership,
government regulations, political unrest and increased demand for raw materials in the packaging and other industries, among
other risk factors, could cause uncertainty as to the availability of and the level of prices at which the Company might be able to
source such raw materials in the future. Moreover, the prices of aluminum and steel can be subject to significant volatility. The
Company’s raw material supply contracts vary as to terms and duration, with aluminum contracts typically multi-year in
duration with fluctuating prices based on aluminum ingot costs and steel contracts typically one year in duration with fixed
prices or set repricing dates. The Company generally attempts to mitigate its aluminum and steel price risk by matching its
purchase obligations with its sales agreements; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to fully
mitigate that risk.
The Company also uses commodity and foreign currency forwards in an attempt to manage its exposure to aluminum price
volatility.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to fully recover from its customers the impact of aluminum and steel
price increases or that the use of derivative instruments will effectively manage the Company’s exposure to price volatility. In
addition, if the Company were unable to purchase aluminum and steel for a significant period of time, its operations would be
disrupted, and if the Company were unable to fully recover the higher cost of aluminum and steel, its financial results may be
adversely affected. As a result of continuing global supply and demand pressures, other commodity-related costs affecting the
Company’s business may increase as well, including utility and freight-related costs. The Company will attempt to increase
prices on its products accordingly in order to recover these costs. Certain of the Company's sales contracts contain non-metal
pass-through provisions that include annual selling price adjustments based on a producer price index. In certain years the
referenced index may be negative, requiring the Company to reduce its selling price while its actual costs may have increased.
In response to the volatility of raw material prices, ongoing productivity and cost reduction efforts in recent years have focused
on improving raw material cost management. The Company’s manufacturing facilities are dependent, in varying degrees, upon
the availability of water and processed energy, such as natural gas and electricity. Certain of these may become difficult or
impossible to obtain on acceptable terms due to external factors, which could increase the Company’s costs or interrupt its
business.
SUSTAINABILITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
The Company has a Corporate Environmental Sustainability Policy, a Human Rights Policy, a Responsible and Ethical
Sourcing Policy, a Conflict Minerals Policy, and an Environmental, Health and Safety Policy. In addition, in 2020, the
Company debuted its Twentyby30 Sustainability program, which creates an opportunity for the Company to move beyond the
challenges of addressing regulatory and supply chain disruption risks caused by environmental, social and governance ("ESG")
concerns. The program identifies five distinct pillars of action - Climate Action, Resource Efficiency, Optimum Circularity,
Working Together and Never Compromise - that represent topics of urgent global concern and areas of the business in which
the Company can create notable impact and twenty measurable ESG goals to be completed by 2030 or sooner. The Company
has committed to reporting on each aspect of the Twentyby30 program annually.
The Company is committed to continuous improvement in product design and manufacturing practices to provide the best
outcome for the environment, both now and in the future. The Company's Climate Action strategy focuses on production
efficiency, product and process innovation, strategic material procurement and utilization of renewable electricity to reduce
greenhouse gas emissions.
Aluminum and steel, by their very nature, can be recycled at high effectiveness and can be repeatedly reused to form new
consumer packaging with no degradation in performance, quality or safety. By recycling these metals, large amounts of energy
and water can be saved and significant carbon dioxide emissions avoided. In addition to the original goals included in the
Twentyby30 program the Company has recently announced its further commitment to work with industry partners to achieve
new global recycling rate goals for aluminum beverage cans as part of the Company's Optimum Circularity pillar. The targets
are connected to the regions where the Company maintains operations.
4
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The Company’s operations are subject to numerous laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment, disposal
of waste, discharges into water, emissions into the atmosphere and the protection of employee health and safety. Future
regulations may impose stricter environmental requirements on the packaging industry and may require additional capital
investment. Anticipated future restrictions in some jurisdictions on the use of certain coatings may require the Company to
employ additional control equipment or process modifications.
There can be no assurance that current or future environmental laws or liabilities will not have a material effect on the
Company’s consolidated financial condition, liquidity or results of operations. Discussion of the Company’s environmental
matters is contained within “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this
Annual Report under the caption “Environmental Matters,” and under Note P to the consolidated financial statements.
HUMAN CAPITAL
At December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately 26,000 employees worldwide, with approximately 6,000 employed by
the Americas Beverage segment, 3,500 employed by the European Beverage segment, 4,500 employed by the Asia Pacific
segment, 8,500 employed by the Transit Packaging segment and 3,500 employed by Other.
A significant portion of the Company’s workforce is unionized. Collective bargaining agreements with varying terms and
expiration dates cover approximately 12,000 employees. The Company did not experience any union-initiated work stoppages
during the 2021 fiscal year and believes that its employee relations remain good. The Company does not expect that
renegotiation of any collective bargaining agreements expiring in 2022 will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated
results of operations, financial position or cash flow.
The Company believes that its employees are key to achieving the Company’s business goals and growth strategy. Attracting,
developing and retaining the best people globally is crucial to all aspects of the Company’s activities. Towards this end, the
Company has cultivated a senior management team with extensive industry experience and highly specialized skills and has
consistently re‑invested in necessary resources to effectively staff and efficiently support its businesses. The Company aspires
to offer market rate competitive salaries for the regions in which it operates, and to engage employees with rewarding
opportunities that both contribute to the Company’s success and maximize their personal potential.
The Company is committed to the health and safety of its employees and their families. Since the outbreak of the coronavirus
disease 2019 ("COVID-19") pandemic, the Company has taken specific actions to ensure the safety of its employees. The
Company’s COVID-19 Task Teams have been actively monitoring scientific developments and government actions related to
the virus; instituting policies and procedures to minimize risk for the Company’s global team members and facilities and to
enable the Company to continue serving its customers in a safe and timely manner; sharing information with the workforce
about the virus and actions to prevent its spread; and assisting personnel in their efforts to get vaccinated. The Company has
updated many of its policies to adapt to the pandemic environment and has instituted increased safety measures in its
manufacturing facilities to ensure the safety of employees and the products they produce. The Company's policies are informed
by the latest updates from the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the World Health Organization and are
compliant with the directives of local governmental authorities. The Company has implemented a variety of other
precautionary measures, including sanitizing efforts, modifications of workspaces, distribution of personal protective equipment
in its manufacturing facilities and offices, and expansion of remote working opportunities.
In addition to the Company’s COVID-19 related efforts, the Company supports the well-being of its employees and their
families with a variety of physical, mental and social wellness programs. These programs differ by region, but include
Company-sponsored or subsidized medical insurance over and above government provisions, annual medical, cancer and
audiometry screenings, voluntary health fairs and employee mental health assistance programs to improve health and wellness.
The Company has built a Total Safety Culture that provides the framework for all health and safety initiatives across the
Company and empowers employees to take a proactive role in their safety and that of their fellow employees. The Company’s
focus is on behaviors and attitudes and achieving success in incident, injury and near-miss reductions.
The Company recognizes that a diverse and inclusive workforce is critical to its future business success. It has therefore
integrated Diversity & Inclusion (D&I) as a dimension of its Twentyby30 sustainability program aiming first to embed D&I
awareness in its organizational culture. The Company believes different backgrounds, experiences and perspectives generate
powerful new ideas and foster good and sustainable decision making. The Company’s approach includes deployment of D&I
training initiatives, such as psychological safety and unconscious bias trainings, and improvement of its recruitment and
onboarding processes. Recruitment programs to attract diverse talent into the organization include a new three-year program,
first focused on engineering skills, which includes assignments in various businesses and countries to encourage broader
thinking and a flexible mindset. This program provides an opportunity for diversity candidates to progress more quickly to
5
Crown Holdings, Inc.
higher functions within the organization. Finally, the Company continues to focus on developing and empowering women and
share progress and achievements on internal and external social media.
The Company places a high value on skills management and lifelong learning opportunities that benefit both the individual
employee and the whole Company. The Company provides a variety of educational opportunities, including a mix of
mandatory and voluntary training programs that occur in classrooms, online or on the job. The Company also recognizes the
importance of multifunctional teams and as such, management training includes international exposure and cross divisional
activity to develop common approaches and values. Talent development programs vary by region, but include leadership
programs designed to support operations leadership, lean manufacturing operations and employee performance management.
The Company maintains a written Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which describes its policies with respect to, among
other things, anti-corruption, protection of confidential information, and environmental, health and safety matters, as well as the
Company’s commitment to ensuring that all of its employees are treated with respect and dignity and are able to work in an
environment free from all forms of unlawful employment discrimination. The Company’s Compliance Teams are responsible
for implementing these policies. The Company's compliance program includes a mechanism for employees to report suspected
violations of Company policies on a confidential basis, including anonymous reporting where permitted by local law.
WORKING CAPITAL
The Company generally uses cash during the first nine months of the year to finance seasonal working capital needs. The
Company’s working capital requirements are funded by cash flows from operations, revolving credit facilities and receivables
securitization and factoring programs.
Further information relating to the Company’s liquidity and capital resources is set forth within “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Annual Report under the caption “Liquidity” and under Note
M to the consolidated financial statements.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company’s website address is www.crowncork.com. Information on the Company’s website is not incorporated by
reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-
Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed by the Company with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission pursuant to sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are accessible
free of charge through the Company’s website as soon as reasonably practicable after the documents are filed with, or otherwise
furnished to, the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). The SEC maintains a website that contains reports,
proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers, including the Company, that file electronically with
the SEC. The public can obtain any documents that the Company files with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.
The Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, its Corporate Governance Guidelines, and the charters of its Audit,
Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance committees are available on the Company’s website. These
documents are also available in print to any shareholder who requests them. Amendments to and waivers of the Code of
Business Conduct and Ethics requiring disclosure under applicable SEC rules will be disclosed on the Company's website.
ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
In addition to factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report and in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," the following are some of the important factors that could materially and adversely affect
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Relating to the Company's Business and Industry
The Company's profits will decline if the price of raw materials or energy rises and it cannot increase the price of its
products, and the Company's financial results could be adversely affected if the Company was not able to obtain sufficient
quantities of raw materials.
The Company uses various raw materials, such as aluminum, steel, tin, water, natural gas, electricity and other processed
energy, as well as materials derived from crude oil and natural gas, such as polyethylene and polypropylene resins, in its
manufacturing operations. Sufficient quantities of these raw materials may not be available in the future or may be available
6
Crown Holdings, Inc.
only at increased prices. The Company's raw material supply contracts vary as to terms and duration, with aluminum contracts
typically multi-year in duration with fluctuating prices based on aluminum ingot costs and steel contracts typically one year in
duration with fixed prices. The availability of various raw materials and their prices depends on global and local supply and
demand forces, governmental regulations (including tariffs and duties), level of production, resource availability, transportation,
and other factors, including natural disasters such as floods and earthquakes, and the COVID-19 pandemic. In particular, in
recent years the consolidation of steel suppliers, shortage of raw materials affecting the production of steel and the increased
global demand for steel, including in China and other developing countries, have contributed to an overall tighter supply for
steel, resulting in increased steel prices and, in some cases, special surcharges and allocated cut backs of products by steel
suppliers. In addition, new tariffs and potential limits on steel supply in the U.S. from certain foreign countries could further
negatively impact the Company's ability to obtain sufficient quantities of steel at competitive prices. Moreover, future steel
supply contracts may provide for prices that fluctuate or adjust rather than provide a fixed price during a one-year period. As a
result of continuing global supply and demand pressures, other commodity-related costs affecting the Company's business may
increase as well, including natural gas, electricity and freight-related costs.
The prices of certain raw materials used by the Company, such as aluminum, steel resins and processed energy, have
historically been subject to volatility. In 2021, consumption of aluminum and steel represented 43% and 8% of the Company's
consolidated cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization. While certain, but not all, of the Company's
contracts pass through raw material costs to customers, the Company may be unable to increase its prices to offset increases in
raw material costs without suffering reductions in unit volume, revenue and operating income. In addition, any price increases
may take effect after related cost increases, reducing operating income in the near term. Significant increases in raw material
costs may increase the Company's working capital requirements, which may increase the Company's average outstanding
indebtedness and interest expense and may exceed the amounts available under the Company's senior secured credit facilities
and other sources of liquidity. In addition, the Company hedges raw material costs on behalf of certain customers and may
suffer losses if such customers are unable to satisfy their purchase obligations.
If the Company is unable to purchase aluminum, steel, resins or other raw materials for a significant period of time, the
Company's operations would be disrupted and any such disruption may adversely affect the Company's financial results. If
customers believe that the Company's competitors have greater access to raw materials, perceived certainty of supply at the
Company's competitors may put the Company at a competitive disadvantage regarding pricing and product volumes.
The Company's principal markets may be subject to overcapacity and intense competition, which could reduce the
Company's net sales and net income.
Beverage and food cans are standardized products, allowing for relatively little differentiation among competitors. This could
lead to overcapacity and price competition among beverage and food can producers if capacity growth outpaced the growth in
demand for beverage and food cans and overall manufacturing capacity exceeded demand. These market conditions could
reduce product prices and contribute to declining revenue and net income. Competitive pricing pressures, overcapacity, the
failure to develop new product designs and technologies for products, as well as other factors, such as consolidation among the
Company's competitors, could cause the Company to lose existing business or opportunities to generate new business and could
result in decreased cash flow and net income.
The Company is subject to competition from substitute products and decreases in demand for its products, which could
result in lower profits and reduced cash flows.
The Company is subject to substantial competition from producers of alternative packaging made from glass, paper, flexible
materials and plastic. The Company's sales depend heavily on the volumes of sales by the Company's customers in the beverage
and food markets. Changes in preferences for products and packaging by consumers of beverage cans and prepackaged food
cans significantly influence the Company's sales. Changes in packaging by the Company's customers may require the Company
to re-tool manufacturing operations, which could require material expenditures. In addition, a decrease in the costs of, or a
further increase in consumer demand for, alternative packaging could result in lower profits and reduced cash flows for the
Company. For example, increases in the price of aluminum and steel and decreases in the price of plastic resin, which is a
petrochemical product and may fluctuate with prices in the oil and gas market, may increase substitution of plastic food and
beverage containers for metal containers or increases in the price of steel may increase substitution of aluminum packaging for
aerosol products. Moreover, due to its high percentage of fixed costs, the Company may be unable to maintain its gross margin
at past levels if it is not able to achieve high capacity utilization rates for its production equipment. In periods of low worldwide
demand for its products or in situations where industry expansion created excess capacity, the Company experiences relatively
low capacity utilization rates in its operations, which can lead to reduced margins during that period and can have an adverse
effect on the Company's business.
7
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The Company's business results depend on its ability to understand its customers' specific preferences and requirements,
and to develop, manufacture and market products that meet customer demand.
The Company's ability to develop new product offerings for a diverse group of global customers with differing preferences,
while maintaining functionality and spurring innovation, is critical to its success. This requires a thorough understanding of the
Company's existing and potential customers on a global basis, particularly in potential high developing markets, including
South America, Eastern Europe and Asia (including India). Failure to deliver quality products that meet customer needs ahead
of competitors could have a significant adverse effect on the Company's business.
Loss of third-party transportation providers upon whom the Company depends or increases in fuel prices could increase the
Company's costs or cause a disruption in the Company's operations.
The Company depends generally upon third-party transportation providers for delivery of products to customers. Strikes,
slowdowns, transportation disruptions or other conditions in the transportation industry, including, but not limited to, shortages
of truck drivers, disruptions in rail service, decreases in the availability of vessels or increases in fuel prices, could increase the
Company's costs and disrupt Company’s operations and its ability to service customers on a timely basis.
The Company's business is seasonal and weather conditions could reduce the Company's net sales.
The Company manufactures metal and glass packaging primarily for the beverage and food can market. Its sales can be affected
by weather conditions. Due principally to the seasonal nature of the soft drink, brewing, iced tea and other beverage industries,
in which demand is stronger during the summer months, sales of the Company's products have varied and are expected to vary
by quarter. Shipments in the U.S. and Europe are typically greater in the second and third quarters of the year. Unseasonably
cool weather can reduce consumer demand for certain beverages packaged in its containers. In addition, poor weather
conditions that reduce crop yields of packaged foods can decrease customer demand for its food containers.
The Company has a significant amount of goodwill that, if impaired in the future, would result in lower reported net income
and a reduction of its net worth.
Impairment of the Company's goodwill would require a write down of goodwill, which would reduce the Company's net
income in the period of any such write down. At December 31, 2021, the carrying value of the Company's goodwill was $3.0
billion. The Company is required to evaluate goodwill reflected on its balance sheet at least annually, or when circumstances
indicate a potential impairment. If it determines that the goodwill is impaired, the Company would be required to write off a
portion or all of the goodwill.
A significant portion of the Company's workforce is unionized and labor disruptions could increase the Company's costs
and prevent the Company from supplying its customers.
A significant portion of the Company's workforce is unionized and a prolonged work stoppage or strike at any facility with
unionized employees could increase its costs and prevent the Company from supplying its customers. In addition, upon the
expiration of existing collective bargaining agreements, the Company may not reach new agreements without union action in
certain jurisdictions and any such new agreements may not be on terms satisfactory to the Company. If the Company is unable
to negotiate acceptable collective bargaining agreements, it may become subject to union-initiated work stoppages, including
strikes. Moreover, additional groups of currently non-unionized employees may seek union representation in the future.
Failure by the Company's joint venture partners to observe their obligations could adversely affect the business and
operations of the joint ventures and, in turn, the business and operations of the Company.
A portion of the Company's operations, including certain beverage can operations in Asia, the Middle East and South America,
is conducted through joint ventures. The Company participates in these ventures with third parties. In the event that the
Company's joint venture partners do not observe their obligations or are unable to commit additional capital to the joint
ventures, it is possible that the affected joint venture would not be able to operate in accordance with its business plans or that
the Company would have to increase its level of commitment to the joint venture.
The loss of the Company's intellectual property rights may negatively impact its ability to compete.
If the Company is unable to maintain the proprietary nature of its technologies, its competitors may use its technologies to
compete with it. The Company has a number of patents covering various aspects of its products, including its SuperEnd®
beverage can end, whose primary patent expired in 2016 and Ideal™ product line. The Company's patents may not withstand
8
Crown Holdings, Inc.
challenge in litigation, and patents do not ensure that competitors will not develop competing products or infringe upon the
Company's patents. Moreover, the costs of litigation to defend the Company's patents could be substantial and may outweigh
the benefits of enforcing its rights under its patents. The Company markets its products internationally and the patent laws of
foreign countries may offer less protection than the patent laws of the U.S. Not all of the Company's domestic patents have
been registered in other countries. The Company also relies on trade secrets, know-how and other unpatented proprietary
technology, and others may independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to the Company's
unpatented technology. In addition, the Company has from time to time received letters from third parties suggesting that it may
be infringing on their intellectual property rights, and third parties may bring infringement suits against the Company, which
could result in the Company needing to seek licenses from these third parties or refraining altogether from use of the claimed
technology.
Risks Relating to the Company's International Operations
The Company's international operations, which generated approximately 63% of its consolidated net sales in 2021, are
subject to various risks that may lead to decreases in its financial results.
The Company is an international company, and the risks associated with operating in foreign countries may have a negative
impact on the Company's liquidity and net income. The Company's international operations generated approximately 63%, 62%
and 64% of its consolidated net sales in the years ended 2021, 2020 and 2019. In addition, the Company's business strategy
includes continued expansion of international activities, including within developing markets and areas, such as South America,
Eastern Europe and Asia, that may pose greater risk of political or economic instability. Further, if a downturn in European
economic conditions ultimately leads to a significant devaluation of the euro, the value of the Company's financial assets that
are denominated in euro would be significantly reduced when translated to U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. Any of
these conditions could ultimately harm the Company's overall business, prospects, operating results, financial condition and
cash flows.
Emerging markets are a focus of the Company's international growth strategy. The developing nature of these markets and the
nature of the Company's international operations generally are subject to various risks, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
foreign governments' restrictive trade policies;
conflicting regulation (including with respect to product labelling, privacy or data protection) or policy changes by
foreign agencies or governments;
duties, taxes or government royalties, including the imposition or increase of withholding and other taxes on
remittances and other payments by non-U.S. subsidiaries;
customs, import/export control and other trade compliance regulations;
foreign exchange rate risks and exchange controls;
difficulty in collecting international accounts receivable and potentially longer payment cycles;
increased costs in maintaining international manufacturing and marketing efforts;
non-tariff barriers and higher duty rates;
difficulties associated with expatriating cash generated or held abroad in a tax-efficient manner and changes in tax
laws;
difficulties in enforcement of contractual obligations and intellectual property rights and difficulties in protecting
intellectual property or sensitive commercial and operations data or information technology systems generally;
national and regional labor strikes;
geographic, language and cultural differences between personnel in different areas of the world;
high social benefit costs for labor, including costs associated with restructurings;
civil unrest or political, social, legal and economic instability;
product boycotts, including with respect to the products of the Company's multi-national customers;
customer, supplier, and investor concerns regarding operations in areas such as the Middle East;
taking of property by nationalization or expropriation without fair compensation;
imposition of limitations on conversions of foreign currencies into dollars or payment of dividends and other payments
by non-U.S. subsidiaries;
9
Crown Holdings, Inc.
•
•
•
•
•
•
hyperinflation and currency devaluation in certain foreign countries where such currency devaluation could affect the
amount of cash generated by operations in those countries and thereby affect the Company's ability to satisfy its
obligations;
war, civil disturbance, global or regional catastrophic events, natural disasters, and acts of terrorism;
geographical concentration of the Company's factories and operations and regional shifts in its customer base;
periodic health epidemic concerns, such as the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic
the complexity of managing global operations; and
compliance with applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery laws and anti-money laundering laws and sanctions.
As the Company seeks to expand its business globally, growth opportunities may be impacted by greater political, economic
and social uncertainty and the continuing and accelerating globalization of businesses could significantly change the
dynamics of the Company's competition, customer base and product offerings.
The Company's efforts to grow its businesses depend to a large extent upon access to, and its success in developing market
share and operating profitably in, geographic markets including but not limited to the Middle East, South America, Eastern
Europe and Asia. In some cases, countries in these regions have greater political and economic volatility, greater vulnerability
to infrastructure and labor disruptions and differing local customer product preferences and requirements than the Company's
other markets. Operating and seeking to expand business in a number of different regions and countries exposes the Company
to multiple and potentially conflicting cultural practices, business practices and legal and regulatory requirements (including
conflicting or inconsistent regulations with respect to product labelling, privacy or data protection) that are subject to change,
including those related to tariffs and trade barriers, investments, property ownership rights, taxation, repatriation of earnings
and regulation of advanced technologies. Such expansion efforts may also use capital and other resources of the Company that
could be invested in other areas. Expanding business operations globally also increases exposure to currency fluctuations which
can materially affect the Company's financial results. As emerging geographic markets become more important to the
Company, its competitors are also seeking to expand their production capacities and sales in these same markets, which may
lead to industry overcapacity that could adversely affect pricing, volumes and financial results in such markets. Although the
Company is taking measures to adapt to these changing circumstances, the Company's reputation and/or business results could
be negatively affected should these efforts prove unsuccessful.
The Company is subject to the effects of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, which may reduce its net sales and cash
flow.
The Company is exposed to fluctuations in foreign currencies as a significant portion of its consolidated net sales, costs, assets
and liabilities, are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Company's international operations generated
approximately 63%, 62% and 64% of its consolidated net sales in the years ended 2021, 2020 and 2019. Volatility in exchange
rates may increase the costs of its products, impair the purchasing power of its customers in different markets, result in
significant competitive benefit to certain of its competitors who incur a material part of their costs in other currencies than it
does, and increase its hedging costs and limit its ability to hedge exchange rate exposure. In its consolidated financial
statements, the Company translates local currency financial results into U.S. dollars based on average exchange rates prevailing
during a reporting period. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, its reported international revenue and earnings will be
reduced because the local currency will translate into fewer U.S. dollars. Conversely, a weakening U.S. dollar will effectively
increase the dollar-equivalent of the Company's expenses and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. See “Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources-Market Risk” and
"Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk" in this Annual Report. Although the Company may use financial
instruments such as foreign currency forwards from time to time to reduce its exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations
in some cases, it may not elect or have the ability to implement hedges or, if it does implement them, there can be no assurance
that such agreements will achieve the desired effect.
For the year-ended December 31, 2021, a 0.10 movement in the average euro rate would have reduced net income by $7
million.
The vote by the U.K. to leave the European Union could adversely affect the Company.
The U.K. has ceased to be a member of the European Union (“E.U.”) on January 31, 2020, and the applicable transition period
ended on December 31, 2020 (such departure commonly referred to as “Brexit”). The U.K. is also no longer part of the
European Economic Area.
10
Crown Holdings, Inc.
On December 24, 2020, the U.K. and the E.U. agreed to a trade and cooperation agreement (the “Trade and Cooperation
Agreement”), which took effect on January 1, 2021 and provided for, among other things, zero-rate tariffs and zero quotas on
the movement of goods between the U.K. and the E.U. Due to the size and importance of the economy of the U.K., the
uncertainty and unpredictability concerning the U.K.’s future laws and regulations (including financial laws and regulations, tax
and free trade agreements, immigration laws and employment laws) as well as its legal, political and economic relationships
with Europe following its exit of the E.U. may continue to be a source of instability in international markets, create significant
currency fluctuations or otherwise adversely affect trading agreements or similar cross-border cooperation arrangements
(whether economic, tax, fiscal, legal, regulatory or otherwise) for the foreseeable future. The long-term effects of Brexit will
depend on the implementation of the Trade and Cooperation Agreement and any future agreements (or lack thereof) between
the U.K. and the E.U. and, in particular, any potential changes in the arrangements for the U.K. to retain access to E.U. markets.
Brexit could result in adverse economic effects across the U.K. and Europe, which could, in turn, affect U.K. sovereign ratings,
ratings of relevant transaction parties or the performance of other entities or exposures with a U.K. nexus and also contribute to
uncertainty and instability in the global financial markets. In particular, Brexit could impact volatility, liquidity and/or the
market value of securities. Accordingly, Brexit could adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations, financial
condition and cash flows.
Risks Relating to the Company's Indebtedness and Liquidity
The substantial indebtedness of the Company could prevent it from fulfilling its obligations under its indebtedness.
The Company has substantial outstanding indebtedness. As a result of the Company's substantial indebtedness, a significant
portion of the Company's cash flow will be required to pay interest and principal on its outstanding indebtedness, and the
Company may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or have future borrowings available under its senior secured
credit facilities, to enable it to repay its indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs. As of December 31, 2021, the Company
and its subsidiaries had approximately $6.3 billion of indebtedness, excluding unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs.
The Company’s current sources of liquidity includes a securitization facility with a program limit up to a maximum of $500 that
expires in July 2023, a securitization facility with a program limit of $200 that expires in December 2023, and a securitization
facility with a program limit of $150 that expires in November 2025. Additional sources of the Company's liquidity include
borrowings under its $1,650 billion revolving credit facilities that matures in December 2024.
The Company's indebtedness includes its €335 million ($381 million at December 31, 2021) 2.25% senior notes in February
2023; its €550 million ($626 million at December 31, 2021) 0.75% senior notes in February 2023; its €600 million ($683
million at December 31, 2021) 2.625% senior notes in September 2024; its €600 million ($683 million at December 31, 2021)
3.375% senior notes in May 2025; its $875 million 4.75% senior notes in February 2026; its €500 million ($570 million at
December 31, 2021) 2.875% senior notes in February 2026; its $400 million 4.25% senior notes in September 2026; its $350
million 7.375% senior notes in December 2026; its $40 million 7.5% senior notes in December 2096; and its $217 million of
other indebtedness in various currencies at various dates through 2026. In addition, the Company’s term loan facilities mature
as follows: $81 million in 2022, $81 million in 2023, and $1,184 million in 2024.
The substantial indebtedness of the Company could:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
increase the Company's vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions, including rising interest
rates;
restrict the Company from making strategic acquisitions or exploiting business opportunities, including any planned
expansion in emerging markets;
limit the Company's ability to make capital expenditures both domestically and internationally in order to grow the
Company's business or maintain manufacturing plants in good working order and repair;
limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants under the Company's indebtedness, the Company's ability
to obtain additional financing, dispose of assets or pay cash dividends;
require the Company to dedicate a substantial portion of its cash flow from operations to service its indebtedness,
thereby reducing the availability of its cash flow to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, research and
development expenditures and other general corporate requirements;
require the Company to sell assets used in its business;
limit the Company's ability to refinance its existing indebtedness, particularly during periods of adverse credit market
conditions when refinancing indebtedness may not be available under interest rates and other terms acceptable to the
Company or at all;
11
Crown Holdings, Inc.
•
•
•
increase the Company's cost of borrowing;
limit the Company's flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in its business and the industry in which it
operates; and
place the Company at a competitive disadvantage compared to its competitors that have less debt.
If its financial condition, operating results and liquidity deteriorate, the Company's creditors may restrict its ability to obtain
future financing and its suppliers could require prepayment or cash on delivery rather than extend credit, which could further
diminish the Company's ability to generate cash flows from operations sufficient to service its debt obligations. In addition, the
Company's ability to make payments on and refinance its debt and to fund its operations will depend on the Company's ability
to generate cash in the future.
Some of the Company's indebtedness is subject to floating interest rates, which would result in the Company's interest
expense increasing if interest rates rise.
As of December 31, 2021, approximately $1.4 billion of the Company's $6.3 billion of total indebtedness and other outstanding
obligations were subject to floating interest rates. Changes in economic conditions could result in higher interest rates, thereby
increasing the Company's interest expense and reducing funds available for operations or other purposes. The Company's
annual interest expense was $253 million, $290 million and $367 million for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Based on the
amount of variable rate debt outstanding at December 31, 2021, a 0.25% increase in variable interest rates would increase its
annual interest expense by approximately $4 million before tax. Accordingly, the Company may experience economic losses
and a negative impact on earnings as a result of interest rate fluctuation. The actual effect of a 0.25% increase in these floating
interest rates could be more than $4 million as the Company’s average borrowings on its variable rate debt may be higher
during the year than the amount at December 31, 2021. In addition, the cost of the Company’s securitization and factoring
facilities would also increase with an increase in floating interest rates. Although the Company may use interest rate protection
agreements from time to time to reduce its exposure to interest rate fluctuations in some cases, it may not elect or have the
ability to implement hedges or, if it does implement them, there can be no assurance that such agreements will achieve the
desired effect. See “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and
Capital Resources-Market Risk” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” in this Annual Report.
Restrictive covenants in the debt agreements governing the Company's current or future indebtedness could restrict the
Company's operating flexibility.
The indentures and agreements governing the Company's senior secured credit facilities and outstanding notes contain
affirmative and negative covenants that limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to take certain actions. These
restrictions may limit the Company's ability to operate its businesses and may prohibit or limit its ability to enhance its
operations or take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. The Company's senior secured credit facilities
require the Company to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial conditions. The agreements or indentures
governing the Company's senior secured credit facilities and certain of its outstanding notes restrict, among other things, the
ability of the Company and the ability of all or substantially all of its subsidiaries to:
•
•
•
•
incur additional debt;
pay dividends or make other distributions, repurchase capital stock, repurchase subordinated debt and make certain
investments or loans;
create liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions;
create restrictions on the payment of dividends and other amounts to the Company from subsidiaries;
• make loans, investments and capital expenditures;
•
•
•
•
change accounting treatment and reporting practices;
enter into agreements restricting the ability of a subsidiary to pay dividends to, make or repay loans to, transfer
property to, or guarantee indebtedness of, the Company or any of its subsidiaries;
sell or acquire assets, enter into leaseback transactions and merge or consolidate with or into other companies; and
engage in transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the indentures and agreements governing the Company's senior secured credit facilities and certain of its
outstanding notes limit, among other things, the ability of the Company to enter into certain transactions, such as mergers,
consolidations, joint ventures, asset sales, sale and leaseback transactions and the pledging of assets.
12
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The breach of any of these covenants by the Company or the failure by the Company to meet any of these ratios or conditions
could result in a default under any or all of such indebtedness. If a default occurs under any such indebtedness, all of the
outstanding obligations thereunder could become immediately due and payable, which could result in a default under the
Company's other outstanding debt and could lead to an acceleration of obligations related to the Company's senior secured
credit facilities, outstanding notes and other outstanding debt. The ability of the Company to comply with these covenants or
indentures governing other indebtedness it may incur in the future and its outstanding notes can be affected by events beyond its
control and, therefore, it may be unable to meet these ratios and conditions.
Notwithstanding the Company's current indebtedness levels and restrictive covenants, the Company may still be able to
incur substantial additional debt or make certain restricted payments, which could exacerbate the risks described above.
The Company may be able to incur additional debt in the future, including in connection with acquisitions or joint ventures.
Although the Company's senior secured credit facilities and indentures governing certain of its outstanding notes contain
restrictions on the Company's ability to incur indebtedness, those restrictions are subject to a number of exceptions, and, under
certain circumstances, indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. The Company may also
consider investments in joint ventures or acquisitions or increased capital expenditures, which may increase the Company's
indebtedness. Moreover, although the Company's senior secured credit facilities and indentures governing certain of its
outstanding notes contain restrictions on the Company’s ability to make restricted payments, including the declaration and
payment of dividends and the repurchase of the Company’s common stock, the Company is able to make such restricted
payments under certain circumstances which may increase indebtedness. Adding new debt to current debt levels or making
otherwise restricted payments could intensify the related risks that the Company and its subsidiaries now face.
The Company's senior secured credit facilities provide that certain change of control events constitute an event of default. In
the event of a change of control, the Company may not be able to satisfy all of its obligations under the senior secured credit
facilities or other indebtedness.
The Company may not have sufficient assets or be able to obtain sufficient third-party financing on favorable terms to satisfy
all of its obligations under the Company's senior secured credit facilities or other indebtedness in the event of a change of
control. The Company's senior secured credit facilities provide that certain change of control events constitute an event of
default under the senior secured credit facilities. Such an event of default entitles the lenders thereunder to, among other things,
cause all outstanding debt obligations under the senior secured credit facilities to become due and payable and to proceed
against the collateral securing the senior secured credit facilities. Any event of default or acceleration of the senior secured
credit facilities will likely also cause a default under the terms of other indebtedness of the Company. In addition, the
indentures governing certain of the Company's outstanding notes require that the Company offer to repurchase the notes at an
offer price of 101% of principal upon certain change of control repurchase events.
The Company is subject to certain restrictions that may limit its ability to make payments on its debt out of the cash reserves
shown on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
The ability of the Company's subsidiaries and joint ventures to pay dividends, make distributions, provide loans or make other
payments to the Company may be restricted by applicable state and foreign laws, potentially adverse tax consequences and their
agreements, including agreements governing their debt. In addition, the equity interests of the Company's joint venture partners
or other shareholders in the Company's non-wholly owned subsidiaries in any dividend or other distribution made by these
entities would need to be satisfied on a proportionate basis with the Company. As a result, the Company may not be able to
access a portion of its cash flow to service the Company's debt.
The Company has significant pension plan obligations worldwide and significant unfunded postretirement obligations,
which could reduce its cash flow and negatively impact its results of operations and its financial condition.
The Company sponsors various pension plans worldwide, with the largest funded plans in the U.S. and Canada. In 2021, 2020
and 2019, the Company contributed $236 million, $27 million and $23 million to its pension plans. The 2021 contribution
included a $216 million contribution to its U.K. pension plan in advance of full settlement of the plan's obligations. Pension
expense was $1,567 million, including settlement charges of $1,511 million and is expected to be $31 million in 2022, using
foreign currency exchange rates in effect at December 31, 2021. A 0.25% change in the 2022 expected rate of return
assumptions would change 2022 pension expense by approximately $4 million. A 0.25% change in the discount rates
assumptions as of December 31, 2021 would change 2022 pension expense by approximately $2 million. The Company may be
required to accelerate the timing of its contributions under its pension plans. The actual impact of any accelerated funding will
depend upon the interest rates required for determining the plan liabilities and the investment performance of plan assets. An
13
Crown Holdings, Inc.
acceleration in the timing of pension plan contributions could decrease the Company's cash available to pay its outstanding
obligations and its net income and increase the Company's outstanding indebtedness.
Based on current assumptions, the Company expects to make pension contributions of $27 million in 2022, $28 million in 2023,
$15 million in 2024, $16 million in 2025 and $29 million in 2026. Future changes in the factors used to determine pension
contributions, including investment performance of plan assets, could have a significant impact on the Company’s future
contributions and its cash flow available for debt reduction, capital expenditures or other purposes.
The difference between pension plan obligations and assets, or the funded status of the plans, significantly affects the net
periodic benefit costs of the Company's pension plans and the ongoing funding requirements of those plans. Among other
factors, significant volatility in the equity markets and in the value of illiquid alternative investments, changes in discount rates,
investment returns and the market value of plan assets can substantially increase the Company's future pension plan funding
requirements and could have a negative impact on the Company's results of operations and profitability. See Note R to the
Company's audited consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report. As long as the Company continues to maintain its
various pension plans, the Company will continue to incur additional pension obligations. The Company's pension plan assets
consist primarily of common stocks and fixed income securities and also include alternative investments such as interests in
private equity and hedge funds. If the performance of plan assets does not meet the Company's assumptions or discount rates
decline, the underfunding of the pension plans may increase and the Company may have to contribute additional funds to the
pension plans, and the Company's pension expense may increase. In addition, certain of the Company's pension and
postretirement plans are unfunded.
The Company's U.S. funded pension plan is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or ERISA.
Under ERISA, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or PBGC, has the authority to terminate an underfunded plan under
certain circumstances. In the event its U.S. pension plan is terminated for any reason while the plan is underfunded, the
Company will incur a liability to the PBGC that may be equal to the entire amount of the underfunding, which under certain
circumstances may be senior to the Company's outstanding notes. In addition, as of December 31, 2021 the unfunded
accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, as calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles,
for retiree medical benefits was approximately $137 million, based on assumptions set forth under Note R to the Company's
audited consolidated financial statements in this Annual Report.
Risks Relating to Litigation and Regulatory Matters
The Company is subject to litigation risks which could negatively impact its operations and net income.
The Company is subject to various lawsuits and claims with respect to matters such as governmental, environmental and
employee benefits laws and regulations, securities, labor, and actions arising out of the normal course of business, in addition to
asbestos-related litigation described under the risk factor titled “Pending and future asbestos litigation and payments to settle
asbestos-related claims could reduce the Company's cash flow and negatively impact its financial condition.” The Company is
currently unable to determine the total expense or possible loss, if any, that may ultimately be incurred in the resolution of such
legal proceedings. Regardless of the ultimate outcome of such legal proceedings, they could result in significant diversion of
time by the Company's management. The results of the Company's pending legal proceedings, including any potential
settlements, are uncertain and the outcome of these disputes may decrease its cash available for operations and investment,
restrict its operations or otherwise negatively impact its business, operating results, financial condition and cash flow.
In March 2015, the Bundeskartellamt, or German Federal Cartel Office (“FCO”), conducted unannounced inspections of the
premises of several metal packaging manufacturers, including one of the Company’s German subsidiaries. The local court order
authorizing the inspection cited FCO suspicions of anti-competitive agreements in the market for the supply of metal packaging
products. The Company conducted an internal investigation into the matter and discovered instances of inappropriate conduct
by certain employees of German subsidiaries of the Company. The Company cooperated with the FCO and submitted a
leniency application with the FCO which disclosed the findings of its internal investigation to date. In April 2018, the FCO
discontinued its national investigation and referred the matter to the European Commission (the “Commission”). Following the
referral, Commission officials conducted unannounced inspections of the premises of several metal packaging manufacturers,
including Company subsidiaries in Germany, France and the U.K.
The Commission’s investigation is ongoing and, to date, the Commission has not officially charged the Company or any of its
subsidiaries with violations of competition law. The Company is cooperating with the Commission and submitted a leniency
application with the Commission with respect to the findings of the investigation in Germany referenced above. This
application may lead to the reduction of possible future penalties. At this stage of the investigation the Company believes that a
loss is probable but is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of the Commission’s investigation and is unable to estimate the
14
Crown Holdings, Inc.
loss or possible range of losses that could be incurred, and has therefore not recorded a charge in connection with the actions by
the Commission. If the Commission finds that the Company or any of its subsidiaries violated competition law, fines levied by
the Commission could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for the periods in which they are resolved
or become reasonably estimable.
On October 7, 2021, the French Autorité de la concurrence (the French Competition Authority or “FCA”) issued a statement of
objections to 14 trade associations, one public entity and 101 legal entities from 28 corporate groups, including the Company,
certain of its subsidiaries, other leading metal can manufacturers, certain can fillers and certain retailers in France. The FCA
alleged violations of Articles 101 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union and L.420-1 of the French
Commercial Code. The statement of objections alleges, among other things, anti-competitive behavior in connection with the
removal of bisphenol-A from metal packaging in France. The removal of bisphenol-A was mandated by French legislation that
went into effect in 2015. If the FCA finds that the Company or its subsidiaries violated competition law, the FCA may levy
fines. Proceedings with respect to this matter are ongoing and the Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome including
the amount of fines, if any, that may be levied by the FCA.
Pending and future asbestos litigation and payments to settle asbestos-related claims could reduce the Company's cash flow
and negatively impact its financial condition.
Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. (Crown Cork), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is one of many defendants in a
substantial number of lawsuits filed throughout the United States by persons alleging bodily injury as a result of exposure to
asbestos. In 1963, Crown Cork acquired a subsidiary that had two operating businesses, one of which is alleged to have
manufactured asbestos-containing insulation products. Crown Cork believes that the business ceased manufacturing such
products in 1963.
As of December 31, 2021, Crown Cork's accrual for pending and future asbestos-related claims and related legal costs was
$237 million, including $198 million for unasserted claims. The Company determines its accrual without limitation to a
specific time period. Assumptions underlying the accrual include that claims for exposure to asbestos that occurred after the
sale of the subsidiary's insulation business in 1964 would not be entitled to settlement payouts and that state statutes described
under Note O to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report, including Texas and
Pennsylvania statutes, are expected to have a highly favorable impact on Crown Cork's ability to settle or defend against
asbestos-related claims in those states and other states where Pennsylvania law may apply.
During the year ended December 31, 2021, Crown Cork received approximately 2,000 new claims, settled or dismissed
approximately 1,000 claims, and had approximately 57,000 claims outstanding at the end of the period. Of the Company's
outstanding claims, approximately 17,000 claims relate to claimants alleging first exposure to asbestos after 1964 and
approximately 40,000 relate to claimants alleging first exposure to asbestos before or during 1964, of which approximately
13,000 were filed in Texas, 1,500 were filed in Pennsylvania, 6,000 were filed in other states that have enacted asbestos
legislation and 19,500 were filed in other states. The outstanding claims at December 31, 2021 also exclude approximately
19,000 inactive claims, as well as claims in Texas filed after June 11, 2003. Due to the passage of time, the Company considers
it unlikely that the plaintiffs in these cases will pursue further action. The exclusion of these inactive claims had no effect on the
calculation of the Company's accrual as the claims were filed in states where the Company's liability is limited by statute. The
Company devotes significant time and expense to defend against these various claims, complaints and proceedings, and there
can be no assurance that the expenses or distractions from operating the Company's businesses arising from these defenses will
not increase materially.
Crown Cork made cash payments of $19 million, $21 million and $22 million in 2021, 2020 and 2019 to settle asbestos claims
and pay related legal and defense costs. These payments and any such future payments will reduce the cash flow available to
Crown Cork for its business operations and debt payments.
Asbestos-related payments including defense costs may be significantly higher than those estimated by Crown Cork because the
outcome of this type of litigation (and, therefore, Crown Cork's reserve) is subject to a number of assumptions and
uncertainties, such as the number or size of asbestos-related claims or settlements, the number of financially viable responsible
parties, the extent to which state statutes relating to asbestos liability are upheld and/or applied by the courts, Crown Cork's
ability to obtain resolution without payment of asbestos-related claims by persons alleging first exposure to asbestos after 1964,
and the potential impact of any pending or future asbestos-related legislation. Accordingly, Crown Cork may be required to
make payments for claims substantially in excess of its accrual, which could reduce the Company's cash flow and impair its
ability to satisfy its obligations. Further information regarding Crown's Cork's asbestos-related liabilities is presented within
“Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the headings, “Provision for
15
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Asbestos” and “Critical Accounting Policies” and under Note O to the Company's audited consolidated financial statements
included in this Annual Report.
The Company is subject to costs and liabilities related to stringent environmental and health and safety standards.
Laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and health and safety may increase the Company’s costs of operating
and reduce its profitability. The Company's operations are subject to numerous U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. laws and
regulations governing the protection of the environment, including those relating to operating permits, treatment, storage and
disposal of waste, the use of chemicals in the Company's products and manufacturing process, discharges into water, emissions
into the atmosphere, remediation of soil and groundwater contamination and protection of employee health and safety. Future
regulations may impose stricter environmental or employee safety requirements affecting the Company's operations or may
impose additional requirements regarding consumer health and safety, such as potential restrictions on the use of bisphenol-A, a
starting material used to produce internal and external coatings for some food, beverage, and aerosol containers and metal
closures. In the U.S., the FDA has banned the use of bisphenol-A in baby bottles, children’s drinking cups and epoxy resins
that coat infant formula cans as well as in packaging and utensils for all foods and the EPA has considered adding bisphenol-A
to the chemical concern list on the basis of environmental effects and using its Design for the Environment program to
encourage reductions in bisphenol-A manufacturing and use. In addition, the State of California has declared bisphenol-A a
reproductive system hazard and listed it as a hazardous chemical under the state Safe Water and Toxic Environment Act.
Certain other nations, including Denmark, Belgium, Canada and France, have implemented or considered implementing
legislation restricting the use of bisphenol-A, including imposing product labeling requirements or restrictions on the
importation and placement in the market of packaging and utensils containing bisphenol-A, and the European Food Safety
Authority has recommended that the tolerable daily intake of bisphenol-A be lowered. Domestic and international, federal,
state, municipal or other regulatory authorities could further restrict or prohibit the use of bisphenol-A in the future. In
addition, public reports, litigation and other allegations regarding the potential health hazards of bisphenol-A could contribute
to a perceived safety risk about the Company's products and adversely impact sales or otherwise disrupt the Company's
business. While the Company is exploring various alternatives to the use of bisphenol-A and conversion to alternatives is
underway in some applications, there can be no assurance the Company will be completely successful in its efforts or that the
alternatives will not be more costly to the Company.
Also, for example, future restrictions in some jurisdictions on air emissions of volatile organic compounds and the use of
certain paint and lacquering ingredients may require the Company to employ additional control equipment or process
modifications. The Company’s operations and properties, both in the U.S. and abroad, must comply with these laws and
regulations. In addition, a number of governmental authorities in the U.S. and abroad have introduced or are contemplating
enacting legal requirements, including emissions limitations, cap and trade systems or mandated changes in energy
consumption, in response to the potential impacts of climate change. Given the wide range of potential future climate change
regulations in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates, the potential impact of both climate change and climate change
regulation is uncertain.
Climate change and evolving laws, regulations and market trends in response to climate change could adversely affect the
business and operations of the Company.
The Company may incur significant costs and experience operational disruptions as a result of increases in the frequency,
severity or duration of severe weather events caused by climate change (including thunderstorms, hurricanes, blizzards,
wildfires, flooding, typhoons and tornados), and may incur additional costs to prepare for, respond to and mitigate the effects of
climate change. Furthermore, in the event that severe weather events or temperature shifts resulting from climate change
adversely impact crop yields for fruits and vegetables, our customers’ demand for our products may be reduced due to
customers’ inability to make products that require packaging in the first instance. The Company is not able to accurately predict
the materiality of any potential losses or costs associated with the effects of climate change. The impact of climate change may
also vary by geographic location and other circumstances, including weather patterns and any impact to natural resources such
as water.
A number of governmental authorities both in the U.S. and abroad also have enacted, or are considering, legal requirements
relating to environmental conservation and sustainability, energy efficiency deforestation, greenhouse gas emissions, climate
change and product stewardship, including mandating recycling, the use of recycled materials and/or limitations on certain
kinds of packaging materials such as plastics. In addition, some companies with packaging needs have responded to such
developments, and/or to perceived environmental concerns of consumers, by using containers made in whole or in part of
recycled materials. Such developments may reduce the demand for some of the Company's products, and/or increase its costs.
16
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The Company may experience significant negative effects to its business as a result of new federal, state or local taxes,
increases to current taxes or other governmental regulations specifically targeted to decrease the consumption of certain
types of beverages.
Public health and government officials have become increasingly concerned about the health consequences associated with
over-consumption of certain types of beverages, such as sugar-sweetened beverages and including those sold by certain of the
Company's significant customers. Possible new federal, state or local taxes, increases to current taxes or other governmental
regulations specifically targeted to decrease the consumption of these beverages may significantly reduce demand for the
beverages of the Company's customers, which could in turn affect demand of the Company's customers for the Company's
products. For example, taxes on certain sugar-sweetened beverages and/or energy drinks have been enacted in France, the U.K.,
Poland, Portugal, Hungary, India, Mexico and Saudi Arabia. Some state and local governments are also considering similar
taxes, and several U.S. cities, including in California, Pennsylvania, Illinois, Washington, and Colorado, have enacted taxes on
certain sugar-sweetened beverages. The imposition of such taxes may decrease the demand for certain soft drinks and beverages
that the Company's customers produce, which may cause the Company's customers to respond by decreasing their purchases
from the Company. Consumer tax legislation and future attempts to tax sugar-sweetened or energy drinks by other jurisdictions
could reduce the demand for the Company's products and materially adversely affect the Company's business and financial
results.
Demand for the Company's products could be affected by changes in laws and regulations applicable to food and beverages
and changes in consumer preferences.
The Company manufactures and sells metal and glass packaging primarily for the beverage and food can market. As a result,
many of the Company's products come into direct contact with beverages and food. Accordingly, the Company's products must
comply with various laws and regulations for beverages and food applicable to its customers. Changes in such laws and
regulations, such as the sugary-drink taxes discussed above, could negatively impact customers' demand for the Company's
products as they comply with such changes and/or require the Company to make changes to its products. Such changes to the
Company's products could include modifications to the coatings and compounds that the Company uses, possibly resulting in
the incurrence of additional costs. Additionally, because many of the Company's products are used to package consumer goods,
the Company is subject to a variety of risks that could influence consumer behavior and negatively impact demand for the
Company's products, including changes in consumer preferences driven by various health-related concerns and perceptions.
Changes in accounting standards, taxation requirements and other law could negatively affect the Company's financial
results.
New accounting standards or pronouncements that may become applicable to the Company from time to time, or changes in the
interpretation of existing standards and pronouncements, could have a significant effect on the Company's reported results for
the affected periods. The Company is also subject to income tax in the numerous jurisdictions in which the Company operates.
Increases in income tax rates or other changes to tax laws could reduce the Company's after-tax income from affected
jurisdictions or otherwise affect the Company's tax liability.
In addition, the Company's products are subject to import and excise duties and/or sales or value-added taxes in many
jurisdictions in which it operates. Increases in indirect taxes could affect the Company's products' affordability and therefore
reduce demand for its products.
General Risk Factors
The Company’s business operations and financial position have been and are expected to continue to be adversely affected
by the COVID-19 pandemic.
The ongoing global outbreak of COVID-19, which was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization on March 11,
2020 and a national emergency by the President of the United States on March 13, 2020, has caused and is continuing to cause
business slowdowns and shutdowns and turmoil in the financial markets both in the U.S. and abroad. The Company is closely
monitoring the impact of COVID-19 on all aspects of its business and geographies, including how it has impacted and will
impact the Company’s employees, customers, suppliers and distribution channels. The pandemic, as well as the quarantines and
other governmental and non‑governmental restrictions which have been imposed throughout the world in an effort to contain,
mitigate, or vaccinate against it and the controversies prompted by such restrictions in some regions, has created significant
volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption which is expected to adversely affect the Company’s business operations and
may materially and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and financial position or the Company’s
ability to execute its short- and long-term business strategies and initiatives. For example, governmental authorities in several
17
Crown Holdings, Inc.
regions (including Pennsylvania, where the Company’s world headquarters are located) have ordered the cessation of all
business activity which is deemed non-essential and there is a risk that these shutdown orders will be extended or expanded or
that similar shutdown orders will be implemented in other regions (particularly in response to newer variant strains of
COVID-19, such as Delta or Omicron); while many beverage and food products are deemed essential, several jurisdictions have
implemented restrictions or prohibitions on the sale of alcoholic beverages which have reduced the demand for some of the
Company’s products. Likewise, Transit Packaging supplies a wide array of industrial markets which are being negatively
affected by a decline in global economic activity.
The magnitude of COVID-19’s ultimate impact on the Company will depend on numerous evolving factors, future
developments and cascading effects of the coronavirus pandemic that the Company is not able to predict, including: the severity
of the outbreak and the international actions that are being taken to contain and treat it; the duration of the outbreak and the
myriad of business restrictions being imposed as a result of it; governmental, business and other responses to the outbreak
(including limitations on the Company’s operations and/or mandates that the Company provide products or services); the extent
and duration of the effect of the outbreak on consumer confidence and spending, customer demand and buying patterns; the
promotion of “social distancing” and the adoption of shelter-in-place orders, vaccine mandates and restrictions on exports
affecting customers’ demand for the Company’s products; the extent to which forced remote working arrangements reduce the
Company’s ability to effectively manage its global operations; the impact of the outbreak on the Company’s supply chain
(including reductions in supply that may result in an inability to meet customer demand); the impact of the outbreak on internal
controls (including those over financial reporting); the speed and success of vaccination efforts; any impairment in value of the
Company’s tangible or intangible assets which could be recorded as a result of a weaker economic conditions; and the effect of
the ongoing disruption in the capital markets on the Company’s ability to access capital on favorable terms and continue to
meet its liquidity needs. Moreover, employee absenteeism due to members of the Company’s workforce being quarantined or
exposed to COVID-19 may impact the Company’s ability to meet staffing needs which, compounded with the effects of
ongoing office and potential factory closures, disruptions to ports and other shipping infrastructure, border closures, and other
travel or health-related restrictions, may in turn impair the Company in the manufacture, distribution and sale of its products.
In addition, while the Company cannot predict the magnitude of the impact that COVID-19 will have on its customers and
suppliers or their financial conditions, any material effect on the Company’s customers or suppliers could adversely impact the
Company. For example, certain of the Company’s suppliers have informed the Company that the coronavirus outbreak and the
resulting business restrictions may constrain supply of necessary materials and the Company may face difficulty collecting
accounts receivable from any of its customers that may be negatively impacted by the pandemic. The impact of COVID-19 may
also exacerbate other risk factors discussed in Item 1A of this Annual Report, any of which could have a material effect on the
Company. For example, significant volatility in the equity markets could have a negative impact on the market value of the
Company's pension plan assets which may substantially increase the Company's future pension plan funding requirements and
could have a negative impact on the Company's results of operations, pension plan funded status and future cash flows.
The extent of the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s business is highly uncertain and difficult to predict, as information is
rapidly evolving with respect to the duration and severity of the pandemic. At this point, the Company cannot reasonably
estimate the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic or its overall impact on the Company’s business.
The loss of a major customer and/or customer consolidation could reduce the Company's net sales and profitability.
Many of the Company's largest customers have acquired companies with similar or complementary product lines. This
consolidation has increased the concentration of the Company's business with its largest customers. In many cases, such
consolidation has been accompanied by pressure from customers for lower prices, reflecting the increase in the total volume of
product purchased or the elimination of a price differential between the acquiring customer and the company acquired.
Increased pricing pressures from the Company's customers may reduce the Company's net sales and net income.
The majority of the Company's sales are to companies that have leading market positions in the sale of beverages, packaged
food and household products to consumers. The loss of any major customers, a reduction in the purchasing levels of these
customers or an adverse change in the terms of supply agreements with these customers could reduce the Company's net sales
and net income. A continued consolidation of the Company's customers could exacerbate any such loss. In addition, the
Company's relationship with several of its customers, particularly in Transit Packaging, is noncontractual, and as a result its
customers may unilaterally reduce their purchases of its products.
18
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The Company may not be able to manage its anticipated growth, and it may experience constraints or inefficiencies caused
by unanticipated acceleration and deceleration of customer demand.
Unanticipated acceleration and deceleration of customer demand for the Company's products may result in constraints or
inefficiencies related to the Company's manufacturing, sales force, implementation resources and administrative infrastructure,
particularly in emerging markets where the Company is seeking to expand production. Such constraints or inefficiencies may
adversely affect the Company as a result of delays, lost potential product sales or loss of current or potential customers due to
their dissatisfaction. Similarly, over-expansion, including as a result of overcapacity due to expansion by the Company's
competitors, or investments in anticipation of growth that does not materialize, or develops more slowly than the Company
expects, could harm the Company's financial results and result in overcapacity.
To manage the Company's anticipated future growth effectively, the Company must continue to enhance its manufacturing
capabilities and operations, information technology infrastructure, and financial and accounting systems and controls.
Organizational growth and scale-up of operations could strain its existing managerial, operational, financial and other resources.
The Company's growth requires significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as
the development of new products or enhancements of existing products or reduction of the Company's outstanding
indebtedness. If the Company's management is unable to effectively manage the Company's growth, its expenses may increase
more than expected, its revenue could grow more slowly than expected and it may not be able to achieve its research and
development and production goals, any of which could have a material effect on its business, operating results or financial
condition.
Acquisitions, dispositions or investments that the Company is considering, has pursued or may pursue could be
unsuccessful, consume significant resources and require the incurrence of additional indebtedness.
The Company has completed and may consider acquisitions and investments that complement its existing business or
dispositions of portions of its existing business. The actual or potential acquisitions, dispositions and investments, such as the
Company's recently completed divestiture of its European Tinplate business, involve or may involve significant cash
expenditures, debt incurrence (including the incurrence of additional indebtedness under the Company's senior secured
revolving credit facilities or other secured or unsecured debt), operating losses and expenses and the diversion of management's
attention that could have a material effect on the Company's financial condition and operating results.
In particular, if the Company incurs additional debt, the Company's liquidity and financial stability could be impaired as a result
of using a significant portion of available cash or borrowing capacity to finance an acquisition. Moreover, the Company may
face an increase in interest expense or financial leverage if additional debt is incurred to finance an acquisition, which may,
among other things, adversely affect the Company's various financial ratios and the Company's compliance with the conditions
of its existing indebtedness. In addition, such additional indebtedness may be incurred under the Company's senior secured
credit facilities or otherwise secured by liens on the Company's assets.
Acquisitions and dispositions involve numerous other risks, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
diversion of management time and attention;
failures to identify material problems and liabilities of acquisition targets or to obtain sufficient indemnification rights
to fully offset possible liabilities related to the acquired businesses;
difficulties integrating the operations, technologies and personnel of the acquired businesses;
inefficiencies and complexities that may arise due to unfamiliarity with new assets, businesses or markets;
disruptions to the Company's ongoing business;
inaccurate estimates of fair value made in the accounting for acquisitions and amortization of acquired intangible
assets which would reduce future reported earnings;
the inability to obtain required financing for the new acquisition or investment opportunities and the Company's
existing business;
the need or obligation to divest portions of an acquired business;
challenges associated with successfully bifurcating operations that involve both remaining and departing personnel in
divestiture transactions;
challenges associated with operating in new geographic regions or discontinued operations in legacy regions;
difficulties in achieving anticipated cost savings, synergies, business opportunities and growth prospects;
19
Crown Holdings, Inc.
•
•
potential loss of key employees, contractual relationships, suppliers or customers of the acquired businesses or of the
Company; and
inability to obtain required anti-trust and other regulatory approvals.
To the extent the Company pursues an acquisition or disposition that causes it to incur unexpected costs or that fails to generate
expected returns, the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected, and the
Company's ability to service its indebtedness may be negatively impacted.
If the Company fails to retain key management and personnel, the Company may be unable to implement its business plan.
Members of the Company's senior management have extensive industry experience, and it might be difficult to find new
personnel with comparable experience. Because the Company's business is highly specialized, the Company believes that it
would also be difficult to replace its key technical personnel. The Company believes that its future success depends, in large
part, on its experienced senior management team. Losing the services of key members of its management team could limit the
Company's ability to implement its business plan. In addition, under the Company's unfunded Senior Executive Retirement Plan
certain members of senior management are entitled to lump sum payments upon retirement or other termination of employment
and a lump sum death benefit of five times the annual retirement benefit.
The Company relies on its information technology and the failure or disruption of its information technology could disrupt
its operations and adversely affect its results of operations.
The Company's business increasingly relies on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of its information technology
systems to process, transmit, and store electronic information. A significant portion of the communication between the
Company's personnel around the world, customers, and suppliers depends on information technology. As with all large systems,
the Company's information technology systems may be susceptible to damage, disruptions or shutdowns due to failures during
the process of upgrading or replacing software, databases or components thereof, power outages, hardware failures, computer
viruses, attacks by computer hackers, telecommunication failures, user errors or catastrophic events. In addition, security
breaches could result in unauthorized disclosure of confidential information.
The concentration of processes in shared services centers means that any disruption could impact a large portion of the
Company's business within the operating zones served by the affected service center. If the Company does not allocate, and
effectively manage, the resources necessary to build, sustain and protect the proper technology infrastructure, the Company
could be subject to transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, loss of customers, business disruptions, the loss of or damage to
intellectual property through security breach, as well as potential civil liability and fines under various states' laws in which the
Company does business. While the Company has security measures in place designed to protect the integrity of customer
information and prevent data loss, misappropriation, and other security breaches, the Company's information technology
systems could nevertheless be penetrated by outside parties intent on extracting information, corrupting information or
disrupting business processes, particularly if the Company's information security training and compliance programs prove to be
inadequate. In addition, if the Company's information technology systems suffer severe damage, disruption or shutdown and the
Company's business continuity plans do not effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, the Company may lose revenue
and profits as a result of its inability to timely manufacture, distribute, invoice and collect payments from its customers, and
could experience delays in reporting its financial results, including with respect to the Company's operations in emerging
markets. Furthermore, if the Company is unable to prevent security breaches, it may suffer financial and reputational damage
because of lost or misappropriated confidential information belonging to the Company or to its customers or suppliers, and it
may suffer indirect economic loss if its existing insurance policies and coverage related to information security risks prove to be
insufficient. Failure or disruption of the Company's information technology systems, or the back-up systems, for any reason
could disrupt the Company's operations and negatively impact the Company's cash flows or financial condition.
Sentiment towards climate change, sustainability and other ESG matters could adversely affect the Company’s business,
financial condition or results of operations.
The Company has announced sustainability goals for its next phase of Sustainability as part of its Twentyby30 program.
Execution of this program and the achievements of the Company’s sustainability goals is subject to risk and uncertainties, many
of which are out of the Company’s control. Failure to achieve these sustainability goals within the currently projected costs and
expected timeframes could damage the Company’s reputation, customer and investor relationships, or ability to access capital
on favorable terms, particularly given investors’ increased focus on ESG matters in recent years, and in turn could adversely
affect the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.
20
Crown Holdings, Inc.
If the Company fails to maintain an effective system of internal control, the Company may not be able to accurately report
financial results or prevent fraud.
Effective internal controls are necessary to provide reliable financial reports and to assist in the effective prevention of fraud.
Any inability to provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud could harm the Company's business. The Company must
annually evaluate its internal procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which
requires management and auditors to assess the effectiveness of internal controls. If the Company fails to remedy or maintain
the adequacy of its internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, the Company
could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, civil or criminal penalties or shareholder litigation.
ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
There are no unresolved written comments that were received from the SEC staff 180 days or more before the end of the
Company’s fiscal year relating to its periodic or current reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
As of December 31, 2021, the Company operated 200 manufacturing facilities in 40 countries. The principal manufacturing
facilities at December 31, 2021 are listed below and are grouped by reportable segment. The Company’s manufacturing and
support facilities are designed according to the requirements of the products to be manufactured. Therefore, the type of
construction may vary from plant to plant. Warehouse space is generally provided at each of the manufacturing locations,
although the Company also leases outside warehouses. The Company leased 65 of its manufacturing facilities at December 31,
2021.
Ongoing productivity improvements and cost reduction efforts in recent years have focused on upgrading and modernizing
facilities to reduce costs, improve efficiency and productivity and phase out uncompetitive facilities. The Company has also
opened new facilities to meet increases in market demand for its products. These actions reflect the Company’s continued
commitment to realign manufacturing facilities to maintain its competitive position in its markets.
Utilization of any particular facility varies based upon product demand. While it is not possible to measure with any degree of
certainty or uniformity the productive capacity of these facilities, management believes that, if necessary, production can be
increased at several existing facilities through the addition of personnel, capital equipment and, in some facilities, square
footage available for production. In addition, the Company may from time to time acquire additional facilities or dispose of
existing facilities.
The Company’s Americas and Corporate headquarters is in Yardley, Pennsylvania. Its European headquarters is in Baar,
Switzerland, its Asia Pacific headquarters is in Singapore and its Transit Packaging headquarters is in Tampa, Florida. The
Company maintains a research facility in Wantage, England.
21
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Americas Beverage
Kankakee, IL
European
Beverage
Asia Pacific
Transit Packaging
Custines, France
Phnom Penh, Cambodia (2)
Rainbow City, AL
Virton, Belgium
Bowling Green, KY
Korinthos, Greece
Sihanoukville, Cambodia
Benton, AR (2)
Kardjali, Bulgaria
Other
Norwalk, CT (T)
Dubuque, IA (F)
Patras, Greece
Parma, Italy
Hangzhou, China
Henan, China (S)
Amman, Jordan
Heshan, China
Fordyce, AR
Sheridan, AR
Phoenix, AZ
Noerresundby, Denmark
Alsip, IL (A)
Soenderborg, Denmark
Decatur, IL (A)
Liljendal, Finland
Belcamp, MD (S)
Faribault, MN (A)
Goleniow, Poland
Huizhou, China (S)
Bay Point, CA
Masku, Finland
Dammam, Saudi Arabia Qingdao Chengyan, China (S)
Stockton, CA
Castelsarrasin, France
Owatonna, MN (F)
Jeddah, Saudi Arabia
Shanghai, China (S)
Denver, CO
Fontaine les Luxeuil,
Lancaster, OH (F)
Kosice, Slovakia
Agoncillo, Spain
Sevilla, Spain
Valencia, Spain
Tianjin, China (S)
Carrollton, GA
France
Massillon, OH (F)
Tongxiang, China (S)
Douglasville, GA
Manneville sur Risle,
Mill Park, OH (F)
Ziyang, China
LaGrange, GA
France
Connellsville, PA (F)
Karawang, Indonesia
Macon, GA
Tournus, France
Hanover, PA (F)
El Agba, Tunisia
Bangi, Malaysia
Bridgeview, IL
Dinslaken, Germany
Trevose, PA (T)
Cabreuva, Brazil
Izmit, Turkey
Yangon, Myanmar
Osmaniye, Turkey
Singapore
Dixmoor, IL
Glenview, IL
Goldkronach, Germany
Spartanburg, SC (A)
Hilden, Germany
Suffolk, VA (F)
Dubai, UAE
Singapore (S)
Kankakee, IL (2)
Nurnberg, Germany
Chippewa Falls, WI (T)
Ponta Grossa, Brazil
Braunstone, U.K.
Hat Yai, Thailand (F)
Botcherby, U.K.
Bangpoo, Thailand (F)
Roselle, IL
Elkhart, IN
Nakhon Pathom, Thailand (F) Gary, IN
Nong Khae, Thailand (2)
Samrong, Thailand (F)
Florence, KY
Monroe, LA
Weischlitz, Germany
Oshkosh, WI (F)
Gorey, Ireland
Kilkenny, Ireland
Nairobi, Kenya
Kingston, Jamaica (F)
La Villa, Mexico (F)
Barbados, West Indies (F)
Heerlen, Netherlands
Shipley, U.K. (T), (3)
Mankato, MN
Batesville, MS
Nichols, NY
Dayton, OH
Cheraw, SC
Conroe, TX
Fort Bend, TX
Winchester, VA
Olympia, WA
La Crosse, WI
Worland, WY
Teresina, Brazil
Estancia, Brazil
Manaus, Brazil
Rio Verde, Brazil
Calgary, Canada
Ontario, Canada
Santafe de Bogota,
Colombia
Acayucan, Mexico
Chihuahua, Mexico
Ensenada, Mexico
Guadalajara, Mexico
Monterrey, Mexico (2)
Orizaba, Mexico
Toluca, Mexico
Songkhla, Thailand (F)
West Monroe, LA
Nuenen, Netherlands
Wortley, U.K.
Danang, Vietnam
Brighton, MI
Zwijndrecht, Netherlands
Dong Nai, Vietnam (2)
Eden, NC
Dong Nai, Vietnam (S)
Hanoi, Vietnam
Salisbury, NC
Irvington, NJ
Kosice, Slovakia
Burseryd, Sweden
Hjo, Sweden
Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam
Cleveland, OH
Sandared, Sweden
Vung Tau, Vietnam
Loveland, OH
Ystad, Sweden
West Chester, OH
Dietikon, Switzerland (2)
Elizabethtown, PA
Merenschwand, Switzerland
Hazleton, PA
Izmir, Turkey
South Canaan, PA
Kingswinford, U.K.
Imperial, PA
Derrimut, Australia
East Providence, RI
Kurri Kurri, Australia
Darlington, SC
Qingdao, China
Greer, SC
Latta, SC
Orange, TX
Bangalore, India (3)
Dahej, India
Karnataka, India
San Antonio, TX
Rudrapur, India
Danville, VA
Rudraram, India (2)
Woodland, WA
Silvassa, India (2)
Cabreuva, Brazil
Pohang, South Korea
Ontario, Canada (2)
Rayong, Thailand
Amatlan de los Reyes, Sriracha, Thailand (2)
Mexico
Cienega de Flores,
Mexico
Toluca, Mexico
All properties above are beverage can facilities unless otherwise indicated by the following:
A: Aerosol
F : Food and closure
P: Promotional packaging
S: Specialty packaging
T: Tooling and equipment
22
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Crown Cork is one of many defendants in a substantial number of lawsuits filed throughout the U.S. by persons alleging bodily
injury as a result of exposure to asbestos. These claims arose from the insulation operations of a U.S. company, the majority of
whose stock Crown Cork purchased in 1963. Approximately ninety days after the stock purchase, this U.S. company sold its
insulation assets and was later merged into Crown Cork. At December 31, 2021, the accrual for pending and future asbestos
claims and related legal costs that are probable and estimable was $237 million.
The Company has been identified by the Environmental Protection Agency as a potentially responsible party (along with others,
in most cases) at a number of sites.
Further information on these matters and other legal proceedings is presented within “Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the captions “Provision for Asbestos” and “Environmental Matters,”
within the risk factor titled "The Company is subject to litigation risks which could negatively impact its operations and net
income" and under Note O and Note P to the consolidated financial statements.
ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Information concerning the principal executive officers of the Company, including their ages and positions, is set forth in
“Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” of this Annual Report.
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
PART II
The Registrant’s common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under ticker symbol CCK. On February 25, 2022
there were 3,614 registered shareholders of the Registrant’s common stock, including 1,430 participants in the Company’s
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The foregoing information regarding the number of registered shareholders of common stock
does not include persons holding stock through clearinghouse systems. Details regarding the Company’s policy as to payment
of cash dividends and repurchase of shares are set forth under Note T to the consolidated financial statements included in this
Annual Report. Information with respect to shares of common stock that may be issued under the Company’s equity
compensation plans is set forth in “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters,” of this Annual Report.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table provides information about the Company's purchases of equity securities during the three months ended
December 31, 2021. The table excludes 204,680 of the Company's shares surrendered to cover taxes on the vesting of restricted
stock.
October
November
December(1)
Total number
of shares
purchased
162,866
1,488,717
240,996
1,892,579
Average
price per
share
99.83
$
$ 108.81
$ 107.69
Total number of shares
purchased as part of
publicly announced
programs
Approximate dollar value of shares
that may yet be purchased under the
programs
as of the end of the period
(millions of dollars)
162,866
1,488,717
240,996
1,892,579
$
$
$
760
598
3,000
(1) In December 2021, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an aggregate amount of $3.0 billion of
Company common stock through the end of 2024. The new authorization supersedes the previous authorization announced in
February 2021, which authorized the repurchase of an aggregate amount of $1.5 billion of Company common stock through the
23
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Crown Holdings, Inc.
end of 2023. Share repurchases under the Company's program may be made in the open market or through privately negotiated
end of 2023. Share repurchases under the Company's program may be made in the open market or through privately negotiated
Crown Holdings, Inc.
transactions, and at times and in such amounts as management deems appropriate.
transactions, and at times and in such amounts as management deems appropriate.
end of 2023. Share repurchases under the Company's program may be made in the open market or through privately negotiated
ITEM 6.
ITEM 6.
transactions, and at times and in such amounts as management deems appropriate.
[RESERVED]
[RESERVED]
[RESERVED]
COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE (a)
COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE (a)
Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return (b)
Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return (b)
Crown Holdings, S&P 500 Index, Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index (c)
Crown Holdings, S&P 500 Index, Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index (c)
COMPARATIVE STOCK PERFORMANCE (a)
Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return (b)
Crown Holdings, S&P 500 Index, Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index (c)
ITEM 6.
250
200
150
100
50
2016
122
119
107
2017
233
212
168
191
181
151
153
138
125
116
97
79
2018
2019
Year Ended December 31
2020
2021
Crown Holdings
S&P 500 Index
Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index
$
$
2016
2016
2017
2017
2018
2018
2019
2019
2020
2020
2021
2021
December 31,
December 31,
Crown Holdings
Crown Holdings
S&P 500 Index
S&P 500 Index
December 31,
Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index
Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index
Crown Holdings
S&P 500 Index
Dow Jones U.S. Containers & Packaging Index
212
212
233
233
168
168
212
233
168
(a) The preceding Comparative Stock Performance Graph is not deemed filed with the SEC and shall not be incorporated by reference in
(a) The preceding Comparative Stock Performance Graph is not deemed filed with the SEC and shall not be incorporated by reference in
any of the Company's filings under the Security Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after
any of the Company's filings under the Security Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after
the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.
the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.
107
107
122
122
119
119
107
122
119
191
191
181
181
151
151
191
181
151
138
138
153
153
125
125
138
153
125
79
79
116
116
97
97
79
116
97
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2016
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(a) The preceding Comparative Stock Performance Graph is not deemed filed with the SEC and shall not be incorporated by reference in
(b) Assumes that the value of the investment in Crown Holdings common stock and each index was $100 on December 31, 2016 and
(b) Assumes that the value of the investment in Crown Holdings common stock and each index was $100 on December 31, 2016 and
any of the Company's filings under the Security Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after
that all dividends were reinvested.
that all dividends were reinvested.
the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.
(c) Industry index is weighted by market capitalization and, as of December 31, 2021, was composed of Crown Holdings, Amcor,
(c) Industry index is weighted by market capitalization and, as of December 31, 2021, was composed of Crown Holdings, Amcor,
(b) Assumes that the value of the investment in Crown Holdings common stock and each index was $100 on December 31, 2016 and
AptarGroup, Avery Dennison, Ball, Berry Global, Graphic Packaging, International Paper, Packaging Corp. of America, Sealed Air,
AptarGroup, Avery Dennison, Ball, Berry Global, Graphic Packaging, International Paper, Packaging Corp. of America, Sealed Air,
that all dividends were reinvested.
Silgan, Sonoco and WestRock.
Silgan, Sonoco and WestRock.
(c) Industry index is weighted by market capitalization and, as of December 31, 2021, was composed of Crown Holdings, Amcor,
AptarGroup, Avery Dennison, Ball, Berry Global, Graphic Packaging, International Paper, Packaging Corp. of America, Sealed Air,
Silgan, Sonoco and WestRock.
24
24
24
Crown Holdings, Inc.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share, average settlement cost per asbestos claim, employee, shareholder and statistical
data)
INTRODUCTION
The following discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting the results of operations and financial condition of Crown
Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") as of and during the three-year period ended December 31, 2021. This discussion should be
read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report.
BUSINESS STRATEGY AND TRENDS
The Company's strategy is to deploy capital into its global beverage can operations to expand production capacity to support
growing customer demand in alcoholic and non-alcoholic drink categories. Beverage cans are the world’s most sustainable and
recycled beverage packaging and continue to gain market share in new beverage product launches. The Company continues to
drive brand differentiation by increasing its ability to offer multiple product sizes.
For several years, global industry demand for beverage cans has been growing. In North America, beverage can growth has
accelerated in recent years mainly due to the outsized portion of new beverage products being introduced in cans versus other
packaging formats. In addition, markets such as Brazil, Europe, Mexico and Southeast Asia have also experienced higher
volumes and market expansion.
On August 31, 2021, the Company completed the previously announced sale of its European Tinplate business to KPS Capital
Partners, LP. The European Tinplate business comprised the Company's European Food reportable segment and its European
Aerosol and Promotional Packaging reporting unit which was previously reported in Other. The Company received pre-tax
proceeds of approximately €1.9 billion ($2.3 billion) from the transaction and received a 20% ownership stake in the business.
Proceeds from the sale of the European Tinplate business, along with cash provided by operating activities were used to support
the Company's capital allocation strategy to reduce leverage, support beverage can expansion and return capital to shareholders
in the form of dividends and the repurchase of Company shares. The Company reduced its leverage ratio and initiated a
quarterly dividend in 2021. Additionally, in December 2021, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of $3.0 billion in
Company common stock through the end of 2024.
The Company continues to actively elevate its industry-leading commitment to sustainability, which is a core value of the
Company. In 2020, the Company debuted Twentyby30, a robust program that outlines twenty measurable environmental,
social and governance goals to be completed by 2030 or sooner. In September 2021, the Company joined The Climate Pledge,
a commitment to be net-zero carbon across business operations by 2040.
In response to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, the Company continues to maintain safety measures in its manufacturing
facilities to protect its employees and the products they produce. The Company’s products are a vital part of the support system
to its customers and consumers. In addition to manufacturing containers that provide protection for beverages and food, the
Company also produces closures for baby food, aerosol containers for cleaning and sanitizing products and numerous other
products that provide for the safe and secure transportation of goods.
The Company is working to keep its manufacturing facilities around the world operational and equipped with the resources
required to meet continually evolving customer demand by delivering high quality products in a safe and timely manner. The
Company is actively monitoring and managing supply chain challenges, including coordinating with its suppliers to identify
and mitigate potential areas of risk and manage inventories.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The key measure used by the Company in assessing performance is segment income, a non-GAAP measure defined by the
Company as income from operations adjusted to exclude intangibles amortization charges, Restructuring and Other and the
impact of fair value adjustments to inventory acquired in an acquisition.
The foreign currency translation impacts referred to in the discussion below were primarily due to changes in the Mexican peso
in the Company's Americas Beverage segment, the euro and pound sterling in the Company's European Beverage segment, the
Chinese renminbi and the Thai baht in the Company's Asia Pacific segment and the euro in the Company's Transit Packaging
25
Crown Holdings, Inc.
segment. The Company calculates the impact of foreign currency translation by multiplying or dividing, as appropriate, current
year U.S. dollar results by the current year average foreign exchange rates and then multiplying or dividing, as appropriate,
those amounts by the applicable prior year average exchange rates.
NET SALES AND SEGMENT INCOME
Net sales
Year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020
2021
$11,394
2020
$9,392
2019
$9,559
Net sales increased primarily due to 9% higher sales unit volumes in the Company's beverage can businesses, higher sales unit
volumes in the transit packaging business and the pass-through of higher material costs.
Year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 2019
Net sales decreased primarily due to the pass-through of lower raw material costs and $88 from the impact of foreign currency
translation, partially offset by 4% higher global beverage can sales unit volumes.
Americas Beverage
The Americas Beverage segment manufactures aluminum beverage cans and ends, steel crowns, glass bottles and aluminum
closures and supplies a variety of customers from its operations in the U.S., Brazil, Canada, Colombia and Mexico. The U.S.
and Canadian beverage can markets have experienced recent growth due to the introduction of new beverage products in cans
versus other packaging formats. To meet volume requirements in these markets, the Company began commercial production
on a third line at its Toronto, Ontario plant and on a third line at its Nichols, NY plant in 2020 and on a third line at its Olympia,
Washington plant in 2021. The Company also announced construction of a new two-line plant in Martinsville, Virginia which
is expected to commence operations late in 2022 and a new two-line plant in Mesquite, Nevada which is expected to commence
operations in 2023.
The Company also began commercial production at its new Bowling Green, Kentucky plant during 2021. In December 2021,
the plant sustained tornado damage, resulting in curtailment of operations of the plant. The Company has property and business
interruption insurance policies for weather related events. The Company expects to resume operations in March 2022.
In Brazil and Mexico, the Company's sales unit volumes have increased in recent years primarily due to market growth driven
by increased per capita incomes and consumption, combined with an increased preference for cans over other forms of beverage
packaging. To meet volume requirements in these markets, the Company began commercial production on a second line at its
Rio Verde, Brazil facility in 2021. The Company has also begun construction of a two-line facility in Uberaba, Brazil which is
expected to begin production late in 2022. Additionally, start-up on a second line at the Company's Monterrey, Mexico facility
is expected in 2022.
Net sales and segment income in the Americas Beverage segment were as follows:
Net sales
Segment income
Year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020
2021
$ 4,441
2020
$ 3,565
756
652
2019
$ 3,369
534
Net sales increased primarily due to the pass-through of higher aluminum costs, 8% higher sales unit volumes and $9 from the
impact of favorable foreign currency translation.
Segment income increased primarily due to higher sales unit volumes and improved pricing, partially offset by increased
depreciation of $15 and start-up costs associated with recent capacity expansion.
26
Year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 2019
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Net sales increased primarily due to 9% higher sales unit volumes, partially offset by $83 from the impact of unfavorable
foreign currency translation.
Segment income increased primarily due to higher sales unit volumes, partially offset by $18 from the impact of unfavorable
foreign currency translation.
European Beverage
The Company's European Beverage segment manufactures aluminum beverage cans and ends and supplies a variety of
customers from its operations throughout Europe, the Middle East and North Africa. In recent years, the European beverage
can market has been growing. In 2020, two lines in the Seville, Spain plant began commercial production of aluminum cans.
Net sales and segment income in the European Beverage segment were as follows:
Net sales
Segment income
Year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020
2021
$ 1,843
2020
$ 1,473
259
215
2019
$ 1,497
190
Net sales increased primarily due to 12% higher sales unit volumes, the pass-through of higher aluminum costs, and $57 from
the impact of favorable foreign currency translation.
Segment income increased primarily due to higher sales unit volumes and $5 from the impact of favorable foreign currency
translation, partially offset by other operating costs that were not fully passed through in selling price.
Year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 2019
Net sales decreased primarily due to the pass-through of lower aluminum costs, partially offset by $16 related to the impact of
favorable foreign currency translation.
Segment income increased primarily due to improved operational performance and cost savings.
Asia Pacific
The Company's Asia Pacific segment consists of beverage can operations in Cambodia, China, Indonesia, Malaysia, Myanmar,
Singapore, Thailand and Vietnam and non-beverage can operations, primarily food cans and specialty packaging. In recent
years, the beverage can market in Southeast Asia has been growing. In 2020, however, industry volumes decreased due to the
impact of the coronavirus pandemic. In 2021, industry volumes began to recover, however, from time to time the Company
was subject to various lockdown and movement control orders in various countries. The Company began commercial
production at a one-line beverage can plant in Nong Khae, Thailand in 2020, a new one-line beverage can plant in Vung Tau,
Vietnam in 2020 and on a second line in the Hanoi, Vietnam beverage can plant in 2021. Additionally, the Company expects to
commercialize production on a third beverage can line in Phnom Penh, Cambodia during 2022.
Net sales and segment income in the Asia Pacific segment were as follows:
Net sales
Segment income
Year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020
2021
2020
2019
$ 1,322
$ 1,168
$ 1,290
182
175
194
Net sales increased due to 6% higher sales unit volumes, the pass-through of higher aluminum costs, and $13 from the impact
of favorable foreign currency translation.
Segment income increased primarily due to higher sales unit volumes, partially offset by higher operating costs that were not
fully passed through in selling price.
27
Year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 2019
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Net sales decreased primarily due to 4% lower beverage can sales unit volumes due to the impact of the coronavirus pandemic
and the pass-through of lower aluminum costs.
Segment income decreased due to lower beverage can sales unit volumes, partially offset by cost reduction initiatives.
Transit Packaging
The Transit Packaging segment includes the Company's global industrial and protective solutions and equipment and tools
businesses. Industrial and protective solutions includes steel strap, plastic strap and industrial film and other related products
that are used in a wide range of industries, and transit protection products used for a wide range of industrial and consumer
products. Equipment and tools includes manual, semi-automatic and automatic equipment and tools used in end-of-line
operations to apply industrial solutions consumables.
Net sales and segment income in the Transit Packaging segment were as follows:
Net sales
Segment income
Year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020
2021
2020
2019
$ 2,530
2,018
$ 2,274
318
254
290
Net sales increased due to higher sales unit volumes, the pass-through of higher raw material prices and $36 from the impact of
favorable foreign currency translation.
Segment income increased primarily due higher unit volumes and $6 from the impact of favorable foreign currency translation,
partially offset by higher operating costs.
Year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 2019
Net sales decreased primarily due to lower sales unit volumes due to the impact of the coronavirus pandemic, the pass-through
of lower raw material prices and $10 from the impact of unfavorable foreign currency translation.
Segment income decreased primarily due to lower sales unit volumes, partially offset by the impact of cost reduction initiatives.
Other
Other includes the Company's food can, aerosol can and closures businesses in North America, and beverage tooling and
equipment operations in the U.S. and U.K. In 2021, the Company commenced operations at a new food can plant in Dubuque,
Iowa and on a new food can line in its Hanover, Pennsylvania plant. Additionally, the Company will add a third two-piece food
can line to its Owatonna, Minnesota plant in 2022.
Net sales and segment income in Other were as follows:
Net sales
Segment income
Year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 2020
2021
2020
2019
$ 1,258
$ 1,168
$ 1,129
144
114
120
Net sales increased primarily due to higher sales in the Company's beverage can equipment operations and the North America
food can business, the pass-through of higher tinplate costs, and $12 from the impact of favorable foreign currency translation.
Segment income increased primarily due to lower tinplate carryover costs in the Company's North America food can business
as compared to the year-ended December 31, 2020 and higher sales in the Company's beverage can equipment operations and
North America food can business.
28
Year ended December 31, 2020 compared to 2019
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Net sales increased as higher sales in the Company's beverage can equipment operations and 9% higher sales unit volumes in
the Company's North America food can business were partially offset by lower shipments in the Company's North America
aerosol can business, the pass-through of lower tinplate costs and $8 from the impact of unfavorable foreign currency
translation. The Company's North America food can business benefited from more at-home meal preparation during the
coronavirus pandemic.
Segment income decreased primarily due to $16 arising from the carryover of higher tinplate costs from the prior year-end
inventory and lower shipments in the Company's North America aerosol can business, partially offset by higher sales in the
Company's beverage can equipment operations and higher sales unit volumes in the Company's North America food can
business.
Corporate and unallocated
Corporate and unallocated
2021
2020
2019
$
(159)
$
(170)
$
(162)
Corporate and unallocated costs increased from 2019 to 2020 and decreased from 2020 to 2021 primarily due to higher
incentive compensation costs in 2020.
OTHER PENSION AND POSTRETIREMENT
Other pension and postretirement increased from $43 in 2020 to $1,515 in 2021 primarily related to the settlement of the
Company's U.K. pension plan obligations. The Company entered into a transaction to irrevocably transfer its U.K. pension plan
obligations to an insurer in 2021 to eliminate the cash flow and earnings risk associated with the plan. See Note R for more
information regarding the settlement of the U.K. pension plan obligation.
INTEREST EXPENSE
Interest expense decreased from $290 in 2020 to $253 in 2021 primarily due to lower outstanding debt balances.
Interest expense decreased from $367 in 2019 to $290 in 2020 primarily due to lower outstanding debt balances and lower
interest rates.
TAXES ON INCOME
The Company's effective income tax rates were as follows:
Income before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Effective income tax rate
2021
$ (419)
(57)
13.6 %
2020
$ 725
199
2019
$ 631
136
27.4 %
21.6 %
The effective tax rate in 2021 included tax charges of $42 in continuing operations for reorganizations and other transactions
required to prepare the European Tinplate business for sale. Additionally, the Company recorded an income tax charge of $44
to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforwards in France. The Company believes
that it is more likely than not that these tax loss carryforwards will not be utilized after the sale of the European Tinplate
business. See Note B for more information regarding the sale of the European Tinplate business.
In 2021, the Company also recorded a tax benefit of $18 related to a deferred tax valuation allowance release resulting from
improved profitability in a Transit Packaging corporate entity. Additionally, the Company also recorded income tax benefits of
$8, primarily related to tax law changes in India, Turkey and the U.K.
The effective tax rate in 2020 included a benefit of $36 related to a deferred tax valuation allowance release resulting from an
internal reorganization in Transit Packaging and a benefit of $9 arising from tax law changes in India, partially offset by a
charge of $15 to settle a tax contingency in Transit Packaging that arose from a transaction that occurred prior to its acquisition
of Signode by the Company in 2018.
For additional information regarding income taxes, see Note S to the consolidated financial statements.
29
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest increased from $108 in 2020 to $148 in 2021 primarily due to higher earnings
in the Company's beverage can operations in Brazil, including a favorable court ruling in a lawsuit brought by certain of the
Company's Brazilian subsidiaries asserting they were overcharged by local tax authorities for direct and indirect taxes paid in
prior years.
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest decreased from $113 in 2019 to $108 in 2020 primarily due to higher income
in Brazil in 2019 related to a favorable court ruling for one of the Company's Brazilian subsidiaries related to indirect taxes.
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Cash provided by operating activities decreased from $1,315 in 2020 to $905 in 2021 primarily due to changes in working
capital and $236 in pension contributions, primarily related to the contribution required to fully settle the U.K. pension plan
obligation. The Company expects $110 of the cash contribution to be repaid as the pension plan sells its remaining illiquid
assets during 2022 and 2023. See Note R for more information regarding the settlement of the U.K. pension plan obligation.
Receivables increased from $1,522 at December 31, 2020 to $1,889 at December 31, 2021 primarily due to higher selling price
and sales unit volumes. Days sales outstanding for trade receivables, excluding the impact of unbilled receivables, decreased
from 38 at December 31, 2020 to 37 at December 31, 2021.
Inventories increased from $1,263 at December 31, 2020 to $1,735 at December 31, 2021 primarily due to inflation and market
growth. Inventory turnover was 59 days at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021.
Accounts payable increased from $2,141 at December 31, 2020 to $2,901 at December 31, 2021 primarily due to inflation and
market growth. Days outstanding for trade payables increased from 100 days at December 31, 2020 to 112 days at December
31, 2021.
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Investing activities used cash of $535 in 2020 and provided cash of $1,507 in 2021 primarily due to the proceeds received from
the sale of the European Tinplate business, partially offset by increased capital expenditures related to capacity expansion
projects in the Americas Beverage segment.
The Company currently expects capital expenditures in 2022 to be approximately $1 billion.
At December 31, 2021, the Company had approximately $137 of capital commitments primarily related to its Americas
Beverage segment. The Company expects to fund these commitments primarily through cash generated from operations.
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Cash used for financing activities increased from $239 in 2020 to $2,944 in 2021 primarily due to the early redemption of
senior notes due in 2022 and 2023. The Company paid premiums of $64 in connection with the redemptions. See Note M for
more information. Additionally, in 2021, the Company repurchased $950 of its shares of common stock and paid dividends to
shareholders of $105. In 2021 the Company also had an outflow of $25 from foreign exchange derivatives related to debt
compared to an inflow of $43 in 2020.
LIQUIDITY
As of December 31, 2021, $480 of the Company's $531 in cash and cash equivalents was located outside the U.S. The
Company is not currently aware of any legal restrictions under foreign law that materially impact its access to cash held outside
the U.S. The Company funds its cash needs in the U.S. through a combination of cash flows from operations, dividends from
certain foreign subsidiaries, borrowings under its revolving credit facility and the acceleration of cash receipts under its
receivable securitization and factoring facilities. Of the cash and cash equivalents located outside the U.S., $438 was held by
subsidiaries for which earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested. If such earnings were repatriated the Company may be
required to record incremental foreign taxes on the repatriated funds.
30
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The Company's revolving credit agreements provide capacity of $1,650. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had available
capacity of $1,535 under its revolving credit facilities. The Company could have borrowed this amount at December 31, 2021
and still have been in compliance with its leverage ratio covenants.
The ratio of total debt, less cash and cash equivalents, to total capitalization was 71% and 73% at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Total capitalization is defined by the Company as total debt plus total equity, less cash and cash equivalents.
The Company's debt agreements contain covenants that limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other
things, incur additional debt, pay dividends or repurchase capital stock, make certain other restricted payments, create liens and
engage in sale and leaseback transactions. These restrictions are subject to a number of exceptions, however, which allow the
Company to incur additional debt, create liens or make otherwise restricted payments provided that the Company is in
compliance with applicable financial and other covenants and meets certain liquidity requirements.
The Company’s revolving credit facilities and term loan facilities also contain a total leverage ratio covenant. The leverage
ratio is calculated as total net debt divided by Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement). Total net debt is
defined in the credit agreement as total debt less cash and cash equivalents. Consolidated EBITDA is calculated as the sum of,
among other things, net income attributable to Crown Holdings, net income attributable to certain of the Company's
subsidiaries, income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, and certain non-cash charges. The Company’s total
net leverage ratio of 3.0 to 1.0 at December 31, 2021 was in compliance with the covenant requiring a ratio no greater than 5.0
to 1.0. The ratio is calculated at the end of each quarter using debt and cash balances as of the end of the quarter and
Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent twelve months. Failure to meet the financial covenant could result in the acceleration
of any outstanding amounts due under the revolving credit facilities and term loan facilities. The required net total leverage
ratio under the agreement reduces to 4.5 to 1.0 at December 31, 2022.
In order to reduce leverage and future interest payments, the Company may from time to time repurchase outstanding notes and
debentures with cash or seek to refinance its existing credit facilities and other indebtedness. The Company will evaluate any
such transactions in light of any required premiums and then existing market conditions and may determine not to pursue such
transactions.
The Company’s current sources of liquidity also include a securitization facility with a program limit up to a maximum of $500
that expires in July 2023, a securitization facility with a program limit of $200 that expires in December 2023, and a
securitization facility with a program limit of $150 that expires in November 2025. The Company accounts for transfers under
these facilities as sales as further discussed in Note D to the consolidated statements.
The Company utilizes its cash flows from operations, borrowings under its revolving credit facilities and the acceleration of
cash receipts under its receivables securitization and factoring programs to primarily fund its operations, capital expenditures
and financing obligations.
Cash payments required for purchase obligations, long-term debt maturities and interest payments and projected pension
contributions in effect at December 31, 2021, are summarized in the following table.
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 &
after
Total
Payments Due by Period
Purchase obligations (1)
Long-term debt
Interest on long-term debt (2)
Projected pension contributions (3)
Total
$
$
3,772 $
136
180
27
4,115 $
3,124 $
1,144
169
28
4,465 $
3,040 $
1,969
143
15
5,167 $
1,835 $
715
114
16
2,680 $
1,032 $
2,217
43
29
3,321 $
1,072 $ 13,875
6,221
652
115
1,115 $ 20,863
40
3
—
All amounts due in foreign currencies are translated at exchange rates as of December 31, 2021.
(1) These purchase commitments specify significant terms, including fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable pricing
provisions; and the approximate timing of transactions.
(2) Interest on long-term debt represents the interest that will accrue by year based on debt outstanding and interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2021.
(3) Pension projections require the use of numerous estimates and assumptions such as discount rates, rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases,
health care cost increases, mortality and employee turnover and therefore projected contributions been provided for only five years.
Long-term debt payments due in 2023 include the Company's €335 ($381) 2.25% senior notes in February 2023 and its €550
($626) 0.75% senior notes in February 2023. The Company expects to have sufficient liquidity to refinance the senior notes or
repay them at maturity.
31
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The Company also has certain guarantees and indemnification agreements that could require the payment of cash upon the
occurrence of certain events. The guarantees and agreements are further discussed under Note P to the consolidated financial
statements.
Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information
As disclosed in Note M, the Company and certain of its 100% directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries provide guarantees of
senior notes and debentures issued by other 100% directly or indirectly owned subsidiaries. These senior notes and debentures
are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and substantially all of its subsidiaries in the U.S., except in the case
of the Company’s outstanding senior notes issued by Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., which are fully and unconditionally
guaranteed by Crown Holdings, Inc. (Parent). No other subsidiary guarantees the debt and the guarantees are made on a joint
and several basis.
The senior notes and guarantees are senior unsecured obligations of the issuers and the guarantors, and are:
•
•
•
•
effectively subordinated to all existing and future secured indebtedness of the issuers and the guarantors to the extent
of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, including any borrowings under the Company’s senior secured
credit facilities, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness;
structurally subordinated to all indebtedness of the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries, which include all of the
Company’s foreign subsidiaries and any U.S. subsidiaries that are neither obligors nor guarantors of the Company’s
senior secured credit facilities;
ranked equal in right of payment to any existing or future senior indebtedness of the issuers and the guarantors; and
ranked senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the issuers and the guarantors.
Each guarantee of a guarantor is limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed that will not
(after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from,
rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of all other guarantors in respect of the obligations of such
other guarantors under their respective guarantees of the guaranteed obligations) render the guarantee, as it relates to such
guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyances or fraudulent transfers.
A guarantee of a guarantor other than the Parent will be unconditionally released and discharged upon any of the following:
•
•
•
any transfer (including, without limitation, by way of consolidation or merger) by the Parent or any subsidiary of the
Parent to any person or entity that is not the Parent or a subsidiary of the Parent of (1) all of the equity interests of, or
all or substantially all of the properties and assets of, such guarantor; or (2) equity interests of such guarantor or any
issuance by such guarantor of its equity interests, such that such guarantor ceases to be a subsidiary of the Parent;
provided that such guarantor is also released from all of its obligations in respect of indebtedness under the Company’s
senior secured credit facilities;
the release of such guarantor from all obligations of such guarantor in respect of indebtedness under the Company’s
senior secured credit facilities, except to the extent such guarantor is otherwise required to provide a guarantee; or
upon the contemporaneous release or discharge of all guarantees by such guarantor which would have required such
guarantor to provide a guarantee under the applicable indenture.
The following tables present summarized financial information related to the senior notes issued by the Company’s subsidiary
debt issuers and guarantors on a combined basis for each issuer and its guarantors (together, an “obligor group”) after
elimination of (i) intercompany transactions and balances among the Parent and the guarantors and (ii) equity in earnings from
and investments in any subsidiary that is a non-guarantor. Crown Cork Obligor group consists of Crown Cork & Seal
Company, Inc. and the Parent. Crown Americas Obligor group consists of Crown Americas LLC, Crown Americas Capital
Corp. V, Crown Americas Capital Corp. VI, the Parent, and substantially all of the Company’s subsidiaries in the U.S.
Crown Cork Obligor Group
Net sales
Gross Profit
Income from operations
Net income from continuing operations1
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings2
(1) Includes $35 of expense related to intercompany interest with non-guarantor subsidiaries.
(2) Includes $26 of expense for discontinued operations
32
$
December 31, 2021
—
—
(9)
(83)
(109)
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Current assets $
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities1
(1) Includes payables of $4,560 due to non-guarantor subsidiaries
Crown Americas Obligor Group
Net sales1
Gross profit2
Income from operations2
Net income from continuing operations3
Net income attributable to Crown Holdings4
(1) Includes $458 of sales to non-guarantor subsidiaries
(2) Includes $46 of gross profit related to sales to non-guarantor subsidiaries
(3) Includes $27 of income related to intercompany interest and technology royalties with non-guarantor subsidiaries
(4) Includes $38 of expense for discontinued operations
Current assets1
Non-current assets2
Current liabilities3
Non-current liabilities4
(1) Includes receivables of $48 due from non-guarantor subsidiaries
(2) Includes receivables of $180 due from non-guarantor subsidiaries
(3) Includes payables of $35 due to non-guarantor subsidiaries
(4) Includes payables of $1,397 due to non-guarantor subsidiaries
$
$
December 31, 2021
7
27
72
5,286
December 31, 2021
4,520
721
274
124
86
December 31, 2021
1,078
3,495
1,330
4,761
The senior notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness of the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries. The non-
guarantors are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due
pursuant to the senior notes, or to make any funds available therefore, whether by dividends, loans, distributions or other
payments. Any right that the Company or the guarantors have to receive any assets of any of the non-guarantors upon the
liquidation or reorganization of any non-guarantor, and the consequent rights of holders of senior notes to realize proceeds from
the sale of any of a non-guarantor’s assets, would be effectively subordinated to the claims of such non-guarantor’s creditors,
including trade creditors and holders of preferred equity interests, if any, of such non-guarantor. Accordingly, in the event of a
bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of the non-guarantors, the non-guarantors will pay the holders of their debts,
holders of preferred equity interests, if any, and their trade creditors before they will be able to distribute any of their assets to
the Company or any of the guarantors.
Under U.S. federal bankruptcy laws or comparable provisions of state fraudulent transfer laws, the issuance of the senior note
guarantees by the guarantors could be voided, or claims in respect of such obligations could be subordinated to all of their other
debts and other liabilities, if, among other things, at the time the guarantors issued the related senior note guarantees, the
Company or the applicable guarantor intended to hinder, delay or defraud any present or future creditor, or received less than
reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the incurrence of such indebtedness and either:
•
•
•
was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence;
was engaged in a business or transaction for which the Company’s or such guarantor’s remaining assets constituted
unreasonably small capital; or
intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.
Each guarantee provided by a guarantor includes a provision intended to limit the guarantor’s liability to the maximum amount
that it could incur without causing the incurrence of obligations under its guarantee to be a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
This provision may not be effective to protect those guarantees from being avoided under fraudulent transfer or conveyance
law, or it may reduce that guarantor’s obligation to an amount that effectively makes its guarantee worthless, and we cannot
predict whether a court will ultimately find it to be effective.
33
MARKET RISK
Crown Holdings, Inc.
In the normal course of business the Company is subject to risk from adverse fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, interest
rates and commodity prices. The Company manages these risks through a program that includes the use of derivative financial
instruments, primarily swaps and forwards. Counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions. These instruments
are viewed as risk management tools, involve little complexity, and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. The extent
to which the Company uses such instruments is dependent upon its access to them in the financial markets and its use of other
methods, such as netting exposures for foreign exchange risk and establishing sales arrangements that permit the pass-through
to customers of changes in commodity prices and foreign exchange rates, to effectively achieve its goal of risk reduction. The
Company’s objective in managing its exposure to market risk is to limit the impact on earnings and cash flow.
The Company manages foreign currency exposures at the operating unit level. Exposures that cannot be naturally offset within
an operating unit may be hedged with derivative financial instruments where possible and cost effective in the Company’s
judgment. Foreign exchange contracts generally mature within twelve months.
The table below provides information in U.S. dollars as of December 31, 2021 about the Company’s forward currency
exchange contracts. The contracts primarily hedge anticipated transactions, unrecognized firm commitments and intercompany
debt. The contracts with no amounts in the fair value column have a fair value of less than $1.
Buy/Sell
Euro/Sterling
Euro/U.S. dollars
U.S. dollars/Brazilian real
U.S. dollars/Euro
Singapore dollars/U.S. dollars
Euro/Swiss francs
Euro/Swedish krona
Euro/Danish krone
Sterling/U.S. dollars
U.S. dollars/Thai baht
Turkish lira/U.S. dollars
Euro/Polish zloty
Contract
amount
Contract
fair value
gain/(loss)
Average
contractual
exchange rate
$
$
359 $
167
97
47
92
88
44
42
33
31
22
21
1,043 $
(7)
1
(1)
2
1
—
—
—
—
—
(5)
—
(9)
1.16
0.88
0.18
1.18
1.36
0.97
0.10
0.13
0.74
0.03
10.35
0.21
At December 31, 2021, the Company had additional contracts with an aggregate notional value of $44 to purchase or sell other
currencies, primarily Asian currencies, including the Malaysian ringgit, Indonesian rupiah, and Hong Kong dollar; European
currencies, including the Hungarian florint; the Australian dollar; and the New Zealand dollar. The aggregate fair value of these
contracts was a gain of $1.
At December 31, 2021, the Company had cross-currency swaps with an aggregate notional values of $875. The swaps are
designated as hedges of the Company's net investment in a euro-based subsidiary and mature in 2026. The fair value of these
contracts at December 31, 2021 was a net gain of $49.
Total future payments of long-term debt obligations at December 31, 2021 include $2,905 of U.S. dollar-denominated debt,
$3,287 of euro-denominated debt and $29 of debt denominated in other currencies.
The Company, from time to time, may manage its interest rate risk associated with fluctuations in variable interest rates through
interest rate swaps. The use of interest rate swaps and other methods of mitigating interest rate risk may increase overall
interest expense. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had $1.4 billion principal floating interest rate debt. A change of
0.25% in these floating interest rates would change annual interest expense by approximately $4 million before tax
The Company uses various raw materials, such as aluminum and steel in its manufacturing operations, which expose it to risk
from adverse fluctuations in commodity prices. In 2021, consumption of aluminum and steel represented 43% and 8% of the
Company’s consolidated cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization. The Company primarily manages its
risk to adverse commodity price fluctuations and surcharges through contracts that pass through raw material costs to
customers. The Company may, however, be unable to increase its prices to offset increases in raw material costs without
suffering reductions in unit volume, revenue and operating income, and any price increases may take effect after related cost
34
Crown Holdings, Inc.
increases, reducing operating income in the near term. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had forward commodity
contracts to hedge aluminum price fluctuations with a notional value of $261 and a net gain of $38. The maturities of the
commodity contracts closely correlate to the anticipated purchases of those commodities.
In addition, the Company's manufacturing facilities are dependent, to varying degrees, upon the availability of water and
processed energy, such as natural gas and electricity.
See Note N to the consolidated financial statements for further information on the Company’s derivative financial instruments.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
Compliance with the Company’s Environmental Protection Policy is mandatory and the responsibility of each employee of the
Company. The Company is committed to the protection of human health and the environment and is operating within the
increasingly complex laws and regulations of national, state, and local environmental agencies or is taking action to achieve
compliance with such laws and regulations. Environmental considerations are among the criteria by which the Company
evaluates projects, products, processes and purchases.
The Company is dedicated to a long-term environmental protection program and has initiated and implemented many pollution
prevention programs with an emphasis on source reduction. The Company continues to reduce the amount of metal used in the
manufacture of steel and aluminum containers through “lightweighting” programs. The Company recycles nearly 100% of
scrap aluminum, steel and copper used in its manufacturing processes. Many of the Company’s programs for pollution
prevention reduce operating costs and improve operating efficiencies.
The potential impact on the Company’s operations of climate change and potential future climate change regulation in the
jurisdictions in which the Company operates is highly uncertain. See the risk factor entitled “The Company is subject to costs
and liabilities related to stringent environmental and health and safety standards” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report.
See Note P to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on environmental matters including the
Company's accrual for environmental remediation costs.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America which require that management make numerous estimates and assumptions. Actual
results could differ from those estimates and assumptions, impacting the reported results of operations and financial position of
the Company. The Company’s significant accounting policies are more fully described under Note A to the consolidated
financial statements. Certain accounting policies, however, are considered to be critical in that (i) they are most important to the
depiction of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and (ii) their application requires management’s most
subjective judgment in making estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.
Asbestos Liabilities
The Company’s potential liability for asbestos cases is uncertain due to the difficulty of forecasting many factors, including the
level of future claims, the rate of receipt of claims, the jurisdiction in which claims are filed, the nature of future claims
(including the seriousness of alleged disease, whether claimants allege first exposure to asbestos before or during 1964 and the
alleged link to Crown Cork), the terms of settlements of other defendants with asbestos-related liabilities, bankruptcy filings of
other defendants (which may result in additional claims and higher settlement demands for non-bankrupt defendants) and the
effect of state asbestos legislation (including the validity and applicability of the Pennsylvania legislation to non-Pennsylvania
jurisdictions, where the substantial majority of the Company’s asbestos cases are filed). See Note O to the consolidated
financial statements for additional information regarding the provision for asbestos-related costs.
At the end of each quarter, the Company considers whether there have been any material developments that would cause it to
update its asbestos accrual calculations. Absent any significant developments in the asbestos litigation environment in general
or with respect to the Company specifically, the Company updates its accrual calculations in the fourth quarter of each year.
The Company estimates its liability without limitation to a specified time period and provides for the estimated amounts
expected to be paid related to outstanding claims, projected future claims and legal costs.
Outstanding claims used in the accrual calculation are adjusted for factors such as claims filed in those states where the
Company’s liability is limited by statute, claims alleging first exposure to asbestos after 1964 which are assumed to have no
35
Crown Holdings, Inc.
value and claims which are unlikely to ever be paid and are assumed to have a reduced or nominal value based on the length of
time outstanding. Projected future claims are calculated based on actual data for the most recent five years and are adjusted to
account for the expectation that a percentage of these claims will never be paid. Outstanding and projected claims are multiplied
by the average settlement cost of claims for the most recent five years. As claims are not submitted or settled evenly throughout
the year, it is difficult to predict at any time during the year whether the number of claims or average settlement cost over the
five year period ending December 31 of such year will increase compared to the prior five year period.
In recent years, a higher percentage of Crown Cork’s settlements have related to claims alleging serious disease (primarily
mesothelioma) which are settled at higher dollar amounts. Accordingly, a higher percentage of claims projected into the future
relate to serious diseases and are therefore valued at higher dollar amounts. As of December 31, 2021, more than 90% of the
projected future claims in the Company’s accrual calculation relate to claims alleging serious diseases such as mesothelioma.
five year average settlement cost per claim was $14,400
The
in 2021. Although the five year average settlement cost per claim decreased in 2021, if Crown Cork continues to settle a high
percentage of claims alleging serious disease at higher dollar amounts, average settlement costs per claim are likely to increase
and, if not offset by a reduction in overall claims and settlements, the Company may record additional charges in the future. A
10% change in either the average cost per claim or the number of projected claims would increase or decrease the estimated
liability at December 31, 2021 by $24. A 10% increase in these two factors at the same time would increase the estimated
liability at December 31, 2021 by $50. A 10% decrease in these two factors at the same time would decrease the estimated
liability at December 31, 2021 by $45.
in 2019, $13,100
in 2020 and $13,000
Goodwill Impairment
The Company performs a goodwill impairment review in the fourth quarter of each year or when facts and circumstances
indicate goodwill may be impaired. In accordance with the accounting guidance, the Company may first perform a qualitative
assessment on none, some, or all of its reporting units to determine whether further quantitative impairment testing is necessary.
Factors that the Company may consider in its qualitative assessment include, but are not limited to, general economic
conditions, changes in the markets in which the Company operates and changes in input costs that may affect revenue growth,
gross margin percentages and cash flow trends over multiple periods.
The quantitative impairment test involves a number of assumptions and judgments, including the calculation of fair value for
the Company’s identified reporting units. The Company determines the estimated fair value for each reporting unit based on an
average of the estimated fair values calculated using both market and income approaches. The Company uses an average of the
two methods in estimating fair value because it believes they both provide an appropriate fair value for the reporting units. The
Company’s estimates of future cash flows include assumptions concerning future operating performance and economic
conditions and may differ from actual future cash flows. Under the market approach, the Company utilizes significant
assumptions relating to EBITDA multiples used in recent similar transactions, if any, and EBITDA multiples of similar type
and size public companies. The appropriate multiple is applied to the respective financial results of the reporting unit to obtain
an estimated fair value.
Under the income approach, fair value is calculated as the sum of the projected discounted cash flows of the reporting unit over
the next five years and the terminal value at the end of those five years. The projected cash flows generally include moderate to
no growth assumptions, depending on the reporting unit, unless there has recently been a material change in the business or a
material change is forecasted. The discount rate used is based on the average weighted-average cost of capital of companies in
the consumer and industrial packaging industries, which information is available through various sources, adjusted for specific
risk premiums for each reporting unit.
The Company completed its annual review for 2021 and determined that no adjustments to the carrying value of goodwill were
necessary. Although no goodwill impairment was recorded, there can be no assurances that future goodwill impairments will
not occur.
Long-lived Assets Impairment
The Company performs an impairment review of its long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets and property,
plant and equipment, when facts and circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable from its undiscounted
cash flows. Any impairment loss is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to its fair value. The Company’s
estimates of future cash flows involve assumptions concerning future operating performance, economic conditions and
technological changes that may affect the future useful lives of the assets. These estimates may differ from actual cash flows or
useful lives.
36
Pension and Postretirement Benefits
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Accounting for pensions and postretirement benefit plans requires the use of estimates and assumptions regarding numerous
factors, including discount rates, rates of return on plan assets, compensation increases, health care cost increases, future rates
of inflation, mortality and employee turnover. Actual results may differ from the Company’s actuarial assumptions, which may
have an impact on the amount of reported expense or liability for pensions or postretirement benefits. The Company recorded
pension expense of $1,567, including settlement and curtailment charges of $1,520 and expense of $4 recorded in Net income
from discontinued operations, in 2021 and currently projects its 2022 pension expense to be $31, using foreign currency
exchange rates in effect at December 31, 2021. The Company uses the spot yield curve approach to estimate the service and
interest cost components of pension and postretirement benefits expense by applying the specific spot rates along the yield
curve used to determine the benefit plan obligations to relevant projected cash outflows. The expected long-term rate of return
on plan assets is determined by taking into consideration expected long-term returns associated with each major asset class
based on long-term historical ranges, projected future outlook of each asset class, inflation assumptions and the expected net
value from active management of the assets based on actual results.
The U.S. plan’s assumed rate of return was 5.7 % in 2021 and is 6.6 % for 2022. A 0.25% change in the expected rates of return
would change 2022 pension expense by approximately $4.
Discount rates were selected using a method that matches projected payouts from the plans to an actuarial determined yield
curve based on market observable AA bond yields in the respective plan jurisdictions and currencies. In certain jurisdictions,
government securities were used along with corporate bonds to develop country-specific yield curves to the extent that the
underlying markets were not deemed sufficiently developed. A 0.25% change in the discount rates from those used at
December 31, 2021 would change 2022 pension expense by approximately $2 and postretirement expense by less than $1. A
0.25% change in the discount rates from those used at December 31, 2021 would have changed the pension benefit obligation
by approximately $50 and the postretirement benefit obligation by approximately $3 as of December 31, 2021. See Note R to
the consolidated financial statements for additional information on pension and postretirement benefit obligations and
assumptions.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had pre-tax unrecognized net losses in other comprehensive income of $814 related to
its pension plans and $21 related to its other postretirement benefit plans. Unrecognized gains and losses arise each year
primarily due to changes in discount rates, differences in actual plan asset returns compared to expected returns, and changes in
actuarial assumptions such as mortality. Unrecognized gains and losses are accumulated in other comprehensive income and
the portion in each plan that exceeds 10% of the greater of that plan’s assets or projected benefit obligation is amortized to
income over future periods. The Company’s pension expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 included charges of $91
for the amortization of unrecognized net losses, and the Company estimates charges of $52 in 2022. Amortizable losses are
being recognized over either the average expected life of inactive employees or the remaining service life of active participants
depending on the status of the individual plans. The weighted average amortization periods range between 6 - 16 years. An
increase of 10% in the number of years used to amortize unrecognized losses in each plan would decrease estimated charges for
2022 by $6. A decrease of 10% in the number of years would increase the estimated 2022 charge by $7.
RECENT ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE
On January 1, 2021, the Company adopted new guidance to simplify the accounting for income taxes by, among other things,
reducing complexity in the interim-period accounting for year-to-date loss limitations and changes in tax laws. The guidance
did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
See Note A to the consolidated financial statements for information on recently adopted accounting guidance.
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
Statements in this Annual Report, including those in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations,” in the discussions of the provision for asbestos under Note O and other contingencies under Note P to
the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report and in discussions incorporated by reference into this
Annual Report (including, but not limited to, those in the section titled “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in the
Company’s Proxy Statement), which are not historical facts (including any statements concerning plans and objectives of
management for future operations or economic performance, or assumptions related thereto), are “forward-looking statements,”
within the meaning of the federal securities laws. In addition, the Company and its representatives may from time to time make
other oral or written statements which are also “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements can be identified by
words, such as “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects” and other words of similar meaning in connection with a
37
Crown Holdings, Inc.
discussion of future operating or financial performance. These may include, among others, statements relating to (i) the
Company’s plans or objectives for future operations, products or financial performance, (ii) the Company’s indebtedness and
other contractual obligations, (iii) the impact of an economic downturn or growth in particular regions, (iv) anticipated uses of
cash, (v) cost reduction efforts and expected savings, (vi) the Company’s policies with respect to executive compensation and
(vii) the expected outcome of contingencies, including with respect to asbestos-related litigation and pension and postretirement
liabilities.
These forward-looking statements are made based upon management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future events
impacting the Company and, therefore, involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Management cautions that forward-looking
statements are not guarantees and that actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-
looking statements.
Important factors that could cause the actual results of operations or financial condition of the Company to differ include, but
are not necessarily limited to, the ability of the Company to expand successfully in international and emerging markets; the
ability of the Company to repay, refinance or restructure its short and long-term indebtedness on adequate terms and to comply
with the terms of its agreements relating to debt; the impact of Brexit; the Company’s ability to generate significant cash to
meet its obligations and invest in its business and to maintain appropriate debt levels; restrictions on the Company’s use of
available cash under its debt agreements; changes or differences in U.S. or international economic or political conditions, such
as inflation or fluctuations in interest or foreign exchange rates (and the effectiveness of any currency or interest rate hedges),
tax rates, and applicable tax laws (including with respect to taxation of unrepatriated non-U.S. earnings or as a result of the
depletion of net loss or foreign tax credit carryforwards); the impact of foreign trade laws and practices; the collectability of
receivables; war or acts of terrorism that may disrupt the Company’s production or the supply or pricing of raw materials
impact the financial condition of customers or adversely affect the Company’s ability to refinance or restructure its remaining
indebtedness; changes in the availability and pricing of raw materials (including aluminum can sheet, steel tinplate, energy,
water, inks and coatings) and the Company’s ability to pass raw material, energy and freight price increases and surcharges
through to its customers or to otherwise manage these commodity pricing risks; the Company’s ability to obtain and maintain
adequate pricing for its products, including the impact on the Company’s revenue, margins and market share and the ongoing
impact of price increases; energy and natural resource costs; the cost and other effects of legal and administrative cases and
proceedings, settlements and investigations; the outcome of asbestos-related litigation (including the number and size of future
claims and the terms of settlements, and the impact of bankruptcy filings by other companies with asbestos-related liabilities,
any of which could increase Crown Cork’s asbestos-related costs over time, the adequacy of reserves established for asbestos-
related liabilities, Crown Cork’s ability to obtain resolution without payment of asbestos-related claims by persons alleging
first exposure to asbestos after 1964, and the impact of state legislation dealing with asbestos liabilities and any litigation
challenging that legislation and any future state or federal legislation dealing with asbestos liabilities); the Company’s ability to
realize deferred tax benefits; changes in the Company’s critical or other accounting policies or the assumptions underlying those
policies; labor relations and workforce and social costs, including the Company’s pension and postretirement obligations and
other employee or retiree costs; investment performance of the Company’s pension plans; costs and difficulties related to the
acquisition of a business and integration of acquired businesses; the impact of any actual or potential dispositions, acquisitions
or other strategic realignments (such as the Company's recently completed divestiture of its European Tinplate business), which
may impact the Company’s operations, financial profile, investments or levels of indebtedness; the Company’s ability to realize
efficient capacity utilization and inventory levels and to innovate new designs and technologies for its products in a cost-
effective manner; competitive pressures, including new product developments, industry overcapacity, or changes in
competitors’ pricing for products; the Company’s ability to achieve high capacity utilization rates for its equipment; the
Company’s ability to maintain, develop and capitalize on competitive technologies for the design and manufacture of products
and to withstand competitive and legal challenges to the proprietary nature of such technology; the Company’s ability to protect
its information technology systems from attacks or catastrophic failure; the strength of the Company’s cyber-security (including
with respect to human vulnerabilities associated with cyber-security risks); the Company’s ability to generate sufficient
production capacity; the Company’s ability to improve and expand its existing product and product lines; the impact of
overcapacity on the end-markets the Company serves; loss of customers, including the loss of any significant customers;
changes in consumer preferences for different packaging products; the financial condition of the Company’s vendors and
customers; weather conditions, including their effect on demand for beverages and on crop yields for fruits and vegetables
stored in food containers; the impact of natural disasters, including in emerging markets; the impact of the COVID-19
pandemic, as well as the quarantines and other governmental and non-governmental restrictions which have been imposed
throughout the world in an effort to contain, mitigate, or vaccinate against it; changes in governmental regulations or
enforcement practices, including with respect to environmental, health and safety matters and restrictions as to foreign
investment or operation; the impact of increased governmental regulation on the Company and its products, including the
regulation or restriction of the use of bisphenol-A; the impact of the Company’s recent initiatives to generate additional cash,
including the reduction of working capital levels and capital spending; the impact of the Company's comprehensive Board-led
review of its portfolio and capital allocation/return; the ability of the Company to realize cost savings from its restructuring
38
Crown Holdings, Inc.
programs; the Company’s ability to maintain adequate sources of capital and liquidity; costs and payments to certain of the
Company’s executive officers in connection with any termination of such executive officers or a change in control of the
Company; the impact of existing and future legislation regarding refundable mandatory deposit laws in Europe for non-
refillable beverage containers and the implementation of an effective return system; the impact of existing and future legislation
regarding the taxation of sugar-sweetened beverages or energy drinks, the impact of tariffs and potential limits on steel supply
in the U.S. from certain foreign countries; and changes in the Company’s strategic areas of focus, which may impact the
Company’s operations, financial profile or levels of indebtedness.
Some of the factors noted above are discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report and prior Company filings with the SEC,
including within Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report. In addition, other factors have been or may be discussed
from time to time in the Company’s SEC filings.
While the Company periodically reassesses material trends and uncertainties affecting the Company’s results of operations and
financial condition in connection with the preparation of “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations” and certain other sections contained in the Company’s quarterly, annual or other reports filed with the
SEC, the Company does not intend to review or revise any particular forward-looking statement in light of future events.
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information set forth within “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
under the captions “Market Risk” and "Forward Looking Statements" in this Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.
In July 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (the authority that regulates LIBOR) announced it intended to stop compelling
banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. The U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative
Reference Rate Committee has announced the replacement of U.S. dollar LIBOR rates with a new index calculated by short-
term repurchase agreements backed by U.S. Treasury securities called the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR). The first
publication of SOFR was released in April 2018. In March 2021, the Financial Conduct Authority, and administrator, ICE
Benchmark Administration, Limited, announced that the publication of the one-week and two-month USD LIBOR maturities
and non-USD LIBOR maturities will cease immediately after December 31, 2021, with the remaining USD LIBOR maturities
ceasing immediately after June 30, 2023. At December 31, 2021, the Company does have contracts that are indexed to LIBOR,
including certain of its term loan facilities, and continues to monitor this activity and evaluate the related risks. The LIBOR to
SOFR transition is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
39
Crown Holdings, Inc.
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Financial Statements
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ......................................................
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,
Philadelphia, Pa, Auditor Firm ID: 238) ...................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 ...........
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020
and 2019 ....................................................................................................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 ............................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 ..........
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021,
2020 and 2019 ...........................................................................................................................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .............................................................................................
Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2021,
2020 and 2019 ..................................................................................................................................................
41
42
44
45
46
47
48
49
85
40
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). The Company’s system of internal control over
financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Because of the inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. In
making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Based on its assessment, management has
concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those
criteria.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 has been audited by
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.
41
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Crown Holdings, Inc.
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Crown Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”)
as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive income, of changes
in shareholders' equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, including the
related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the “consolidated
financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021,
based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013)
issued by the COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included
in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express
opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting
based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities
laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement,
whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement
of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.
Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the
risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based
on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
42
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or
complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Goodwill Impairment Assessments - North America Food and Transit Reporting Units
As described in Notes A and F to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $3.0
billion as of December 31, 2021, a portion of which relates to the North America Food and Transit reporting units. Management
performs a goodwill impairment review in the fourth quarter of each year or when facts and circumstances indicate goodwill
may be impaired. Management determines the estimated fair value of the reporting unit based on an average of the estimated
fair values using an income and a market approach. The income approach utilizes significant assumptions relating to revenue
and Adjusted EBITDA (defined by the Company as net customer sales, less cost of products sold excluding depreciation and
amortization, less selling and administrative expenses) margin growth rates, discount rates, and terminal year exit multiples. As
disclosed by management, under the market approach, management utilizes significant assumptions relating to EBITDA
multiples used in recent similar transactions, if any, and EBITDA multiples of similar type and size public companies.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessments
of the North America Food and Transit reporting units is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management
when determining the fair value of the North America Food and Transit reporting units; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment,
subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to revenue and
Adjusted EBITDA margin growth rates, discount rates, terminal year exit multiple and EBITDA multiples; and (iii) the audit
effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall
opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to
management’s goodwill impairment assessments, including controls over the determination of the fair value of the North
American Food and Transit reporting units. These procedures also included, among others (i) testing management’s process for
determining the fair value of the North America Food and Transit reporting units; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the
income and market approaches; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the income and
market approaches; and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of the aforementioned significant assumptions used by management.
Evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to revenue and Adjusted EBITDA margin growth rates involved
evaluating whether the significant assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past
performance of the reporting units; (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data; and (iii) whether these
assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and
knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the appropriateness of the Company’s income and market approaches and
the evaluation of the reasonableness of the discount rate, terminal year exit multiple and EBITDA multiple significant
assumptions.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 28, 2022
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1928.
43
Crown Holdings, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions except per share data)
2021
2020
For the Years Ended December 31
Net sales
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization
Selling and administrative expense
Restructuring and other
Income from operations
Loss from early extinguishments of debt
Other pension and postretirement
Interest expense
Interest income
Foreign exchange
(Loss) / income from continuing operations before income taxes
and equity in net earnings of affiliates
(Benefit from) / provision for income taxes
Equity in net earnings of affiliates
Net (loss) / income from continuing operations
Net (loss) / income from discontinued operations
Net (loss) / income
Net income from continuing operations attributable to
noncontrolling interests
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to
noncontrolling interests
$ 11,394
$
9,029
447
583
(28)
1,363
68
1,515
253
(9)
(45)
(419)
(57)
3
(359)
(52)
(411)
148
1
Net (loss) / income attributable to Crown Holdings
$
(560)
$
Net (loss) / income from continuing operations attributable to Crown
Holdings
Net (loss) / income from discontinued operations attributable to
Crown Holdings
Net (loss) / income attributable to Crown Holdings
(507)
(53)
$
(560)
$
Earnings per common share attributable to Crown Holdings:
Basic (loss) / earnings per common share from continuing operations
Basic (loss) / earnings per common share from discontinued
operations
Basic
Diluted (loss) / earnings per common share from continuing
operations
Diluted (loss) / earnings per common share from discontinued
operations
Diluted
(3.89)
(0.41)
(4.30)
(3.89)
(0.41)
(4.30)
$
$
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
44
9,392
7,359
422
533
30
1,048
—
43
290
(8)
(2)
725
199
6
532
156
688
108
1
579
424
155
579
3.18
1.16
4.34
3.15
1.15
4.30
2019
$
9,559
7,575
431
556
(30)
1,027
27
10
367
(15)
7
631
136
5
500
125
625
113
2
510
387
123
510
2.89
0.92
3.81
2.87
0.91
3.78
$
$
$
$
Crown Holdings, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in millions)
For the Years Ended December 31
Net (loss) / income
Other comprehensive income / (loss), net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Pension and other postretirement benefits
Derivatives qualifying as hedges
Total other comprehensive income / (loss)
Total comprehensive income
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Translation adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests
Derivatives qualifying as hedges attributable to noncontrolling interests
2021
2020
2019
$
(411) $
688 $
625
601
696
(2)
1,295
884
149
(1)
1
(88)
(15)
46
(57)
631
109
3
2
150
84
11
245
870
115
1
1
Comprehensive income attributable to Crown Holdings
$
735 $
517 $
753
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
45
Crown Holdings, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except share data)
December 31
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Current assets held for sale
Total current assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Property, plant and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net
Other non-current assets
Non-current assets held for sale
Total assets
Liabilities and equity
Current liabilities
Short-term debt
Current maturities of long-term debt
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Current liabilities held for sale
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities
Postretirement and pension liabilities
Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Non-current liabilities held for sale
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note P)
Equity
Noncontrolling interests
Preferred stock, authorized: 30,000,000; none issued (Note T)
Common stock, par value: $5.00; authorized: 500,000,000 shares; issued:
185,744,072 shares (Note T)
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Treasury stock at par value (2021 - 59,612,273 shares; 2020 - 50,943,042
shares)
Crown Holdings shareholders’ equity
Total equity
Total liabilities and equity
$
$
$
2021
2020
$
$
$
531
1,889
1,735
243
97
4,495
3,007
1,525
4,036
191
604
—
13,858
75
135
42
2,901
966
14
4,133
6,052
497
150
696
—
418
—
929
—
3,180
(1,898)
(299)
1,912
2,330
1,173
1,522
1,263
202
743
4,903
3,146
1,755
3,652
171
885
2,179
16,691
104
67
43
2,141
946
981
4,282
8,023
685
132
766
199
406
—
929
179
4,538
(3,193)
(255)
2,198
2,604
$
13,858
$
16,691
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
46
Crown Holdings, Inc.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)
For the Years Ended December 31
Cash flows from operating activities
Net (loss) / income
2021
2020
2019
$
(411) $
688 $
625
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) / income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Restructuring and other
Loss from disposal of discontinued operations
Goodwill impairment
Pension expense
Pension contributions
Stock-based compensation
Loss from early extinguishments of debt
Deferred income taxes
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Receivables
Inventories
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Other, net
Net cash provided by operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Capital expenditures
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations, net of cash disposed
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Net investment hedges
Other
463
(26)
101
—
1,567
(236)
33
68
(248)
(590)
(609)
873
(80)
905
(816)
2,255
44
25
(1)
481
34
—
—
92
(27)
32
—
33
(186)
(2)
121
49
490
(26)
—
25
66
(23)
29
27
(35)
60
61
(87)
(49)
1,315
1,163
(587)
(432)
—
16
28
8
Net cash provided by / (used for) investing activities
1,507
(535)
Cash flows from financing activities
Net change in revolving credit facility and short-term debt
Proceeds from long-term debt
Payments of long-term debt
Premiums paid to retire debt
Debt issuance costs
Foreign exchange derivatives related to debt
Finance lease payments
Dividends paid to noncontrolling interests
Contribution from noncontrolling interests
Dividends paid to shareholders
Common stock issued
Common stock repurchased
Net cash used for financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at January 1
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at December 31
12
144
(1,834)
(64)
—
(25)
(2)
(122)
—
(105)
2
(950)
(2,944)
(113)
(645)
1,238
29
110
(269)
—
—
43
(3)
(87)
2
—
2
(66)
(239)
34
575
663
$
593 $
1,238 $
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
47
—
39
23
(4)
(374)
(10)
2,216
(2,845)
—
(18)
(16)
(15)
(101)
6
—
4
(7)
(786)
1
4
659
663
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
N
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
I
l
a
t
o
T
n
w
o
r
C
y
t
i
u
q
E
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T
k
c
o
t
S
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A
r
e
h
t
O
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C
s
s
o
L
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A
s
g
n
i
n
r
a
E
n
i
-
d
i
a
P
l
a
t
i
p
a
C
n
o
m
m
o
C
k
c
o
t
S
y
t
i
u
q
E
’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
e
r
a
h
S
.
c
n
I
i
,
s
g
n
d
l
o
H
n
w
o
r
C
)
s
n
o
i
l
l
i
m
n
i
(
Y
T
I
U
Q
E
’
S
R
E
D
L
O
H
E
R
A
H
S
N
I
S
E
G
N
A
H
C
F
O
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
S
N
O
C
.
c
n
I
i
,
s
g
n
d
l
o
H
n
w
o
r
C
0
3
3
,
2
$
8
1
4
$
2
1
9
,
1
$
)
9
9
2
(
$
)
8
9
8
,
1
(
$
0
8
1
,
3
$
—
$
9
2
9
$
l
a
t
o
T
'
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
e
r
a
h
S
y
t
i
u
q
E
6
8
2
,
1
$
5
2
6
5
4
2
)
1
0
1
(
0
1
1
—
9
2
4
)
7
(
2
9
0
,
2
$
)
7
5
(
)
7
8
(
8
8
6
—
2
3
2
)
6
6
(
4
0
6
,
2
)
1
1
4
(
5
9
2
,
1
)
5
0
1
(
)
2
2
1
(
)
1
(
3
3
2
)
5
1
(
)
0
5
9
(
9
4
3
5
1
1
2
)
1
0
1
(
0
1
4
9
7
3
9
0
1
5
)
7
8
(
$
6
0
4
9
4
1
)
2
2
1
(
)
5
1
(
$
7
3
9
0
1
5
3
4
2
—
—
)
3
(
—
9
2
4
)
7
(
2
)
3
(
)
2
(
9
2
4
)
7
(
3
4
2
0
1
5
$
)
3
5
2
(
$
)
4
7
3
,
3
(
$
9
4
4
,
3
$
6
8
1
$
9
2
9
$
$
3
1
7
,
1
$
)
1
5
2
(
$
)
1
3
1
,
3
(
$
9
5
9
,
3
$
7
0
2
$
9
2
9
$
)
2
6
(
9
7
5
—
—
2
3
2
2
)
2
6
(
9
7
5
)
6
6
(
)
6
(
$
8
9
1
,
2
$
)
5
5
2
(
$
)
3
9
1
,
3
(
$
8
3
5
,
4
$
)
0
6
5
(
)
5
0
1
(
5
9
2
,
1
)
1
(
—
3
3
2
—
)
0
5
9
(
2
)
6
4
(
5
9
2
,
1
)
0
6
5
(
)
5
0
1
(
—
6
1
)
9
0
7
(
)
5
9
1
(
)
2
(
2
3
2
)
0
6
(
9
7
1
)
3
(
7
1
2
$
9
2
9
$
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
o
t
d
i
a
p
s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
m
o
r
f
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
n
o
C
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
f
o
e
l
a
S
9
1
0
2
,
1
y
r
a
u
n
a
J
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
e
m
o
c
n
i
t
e
N
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
o
t
d
i
a
p
s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D
e
m
o
c
n
i
/
)
s
s
o
l
(
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
9
1
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
C
e
m
o
c
n
i
t
e
N
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S
d
e
d
r
a
w
a
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R
d
e
u
s
s
i
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
C
0
2
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
C
e
m
o
c
n
i
/
)
s
s
o
l
(
t
e
N
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
e
r
a
h
s
o
t
d
i
a
p
s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S
d
e
d
r
a
w
a
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R
d
e
u
s
s
i
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
C
)
1
(
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
h
t
i
w
y
r
a
i
d
i
s
b
u
s
f
o
n
o
i
t
i
s
o
p
s
i
D
1
2
0
2
,
1
3
r
e
b
m
e
c
e
D
t
a
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
o
t
d
i
a
p
s
d
n
e
d
i
v
i
D
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
k
c
o
t
S
d
e
d
r
a
w
a
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R
d
e
u
s
s
i
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
C
d
e
s
a
h
c
r
u
p
e
r
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
C
8
4
.
s
l
i
a
t
e
d
r
e
h
t
r
u
f
r
o
f
B
e
t
o
N
e
e
S
.
s
s
e
n
i
s
u
b
e
t
a
l
p
n
i
T
n
a
e
p
o
r
u
E
e
h
t
f
o
e
l
a
s
e
h
t
o
t
s
e
t
a
l
e
R
)
1
(
.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
s
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
f
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
c
e
s
e
h
t
f
o
t
r
a
p
l
a
r
g
e
t
n
i
n
a
e
r
a
s
e
t
o
n
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a
e
h
T
Crown Holdings, Inc.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in millions, except share, per share, employee and statistical data)
A. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Business and Principles of Consolidation. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Crown Holdings, Inc.
(the “Company”) and its consolidated subsidiary companies (where the context requires, the “Company” shall include reference
to the Company and its consolidated subsidiary companies).
The Company is a worldwide leader in the design, manufacture and sale of packaging products for consumer goods and
industrial products. The Company's consumer packaging solutions primarily support the beverage and food industries through
the sale of aluminum and steel cans. The Company's packaging for industrial products includes steel and plastic consumables
and equipment, paper-based protective packaging, and plastic film consumables and equipment, which are sold into the metals,
food and beverage, construction, agricultural, corrugated and general industries.
The financial statements were prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America and reflect management’s estimates and assumptions. Actual results could differ from those estimates, impacting
reported results of operations and financial position. All intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in
consolidation. In deciding which entities should be reported on a consolidated basis, the Company first determines whether the
entity is a variable interest entity (“VIE”). If an entity is a VIE, the Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary
and therefore, should consolidate the VIE. If an entity is not a VIE, the Company consolidates those entities in which it has
control, including certain subsidiaries that are not majority-owned. Certain of the Company’s agreements with noncontrolling
interests contain provisions in which the Company would surrender certain decision-making rights upon a change in control of
the Company. Accordingly, consolidation of these operations may no longer be appropriate subsequent to a change in control of
the Company, as defined in the agreements.
Investments in companies in which the Company does not have control, but has the ability to exercise significant influence over
operating and financial policies, are accounted for by the equity method. The proportionate share of the net income / (loss)
resulting from these investments is reported in Equity in net earnings of affiliates in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
The carrying value of the Company's equity method investments are reported in Other non-current assets in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets. Equity method investments are reported at cost and adjusted each period for the Company's share of the
investee's income or loss and dividends paid, if any. The Company assess investments for impairment whenever events or
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable. Other investments are
carried at cost.
Foreign Currency Translation. For non-U.S. subsidiaries which operate in a local currency environment, assets and liabilities
are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates. Income, expense and cash flow items are translated at average
exchange rates prevailing during the year. Translation adjustments for these subsidiaries are accumulated as a separate
component of accumulated other comprehensive income in equity. For non-U.S. subsidiaries that use a U.S. dollar functional
currency, local currency inventories and property, plant and equipment are translated into U.S. dollars at rates prevailing when
acquired; all other assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates. Inventories charged to cost of sales and
depreciation are remeasured at historical rates; all other income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates
prevailing during the year. Gains and losses which result from remeasurement are included in earnings.
Revenue Recognition. The majority of the Company’s revenues from metal packaging products are derived from multi-year
requirement contracts with leading manufacturers and marketers of packaged consumer products for can sets, comprising a can
and an end. As requirement contracts do not typically include fixed volumes, customers often purchase products pursuant to
purchase orders or other communications which are short-term in nature. The can and the end are considered separate
performance obligations because they are distinct and separately identifiable. Revenues from Transit Packaging are generally
derived from individual purchase orders which may include multiple goods and services which are separate performance
obligations because they are distinct and separately identifiable.
The Company manufactures certain products that have no alternative use to the Company once they are printed or manufactured
to customer specifications. If the Company has an enforceable right to payment for custom products at all times in the
manufacturing process, revenue is recognized over time. In each of the Company’s geographic markets, revenue from beverage
cans is primarily recognized over time using the units produced output method as beverage cans are generally printed for a
specific customer in a continuous production process. The timing of revenue recognition for the Company’s other products,
including beverage ends and three-piece products, which includes food cans and ends and aerosol cans and ends, may vary as
these products may be printed or customized depending upon customer preferences which can vary by geographic market.
Revenue that is recognized over time for the Company’s three-piece products and equipment business is generally recognized
49
Crown Holdings, Inc.
using the cost-to-cost input method as these products involve an intermediary step that results in customized work-in-process
inventory. For products that follow a point in time model, revenue is generally recognized when title and risk of loss transfer.
Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for transferring goods or
providing services. Standalone selling prices for each performance obligation are generally stated in the contract. When the
Company offers variable consideration in the form of volume rebates to customers, it estimates the most likely amount of
revenue to which it is expected to be entitled and includes the estimate in the transaction price, limited to the amount which is
probable will not result in reversal of cumulative revenue recognized when the variable consideration is resolved. When the
Company offers customers options to purchase additional product at discounted prices, judgment is required to determine if the
discounted prices represent material rights. If so, the transaction price allocated to the discount is based on its relative
standalone price and is recognized upon purchase of the additional product. Customer payment terms are typically less than
one year and as such, the Company has applied the practical expedient to exclude consideration of significant financing
components from the determination of transaction price.
Taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are excluded from net sales. Shipping and handling
fees and costs from product sales are reported as cost of products sold and are accrued when the Company recognizes revenue
over time before the shipping and handling activities occur. Costs to obtain a contract are generally immaterial but the
Company has elected the practical expedient to expense these costs as incurred if the duration of the contract is one year or less.
Unbilled receivables are recorded for revenue recognized over time when the Company has determined that control has passed
to the customer but the customer has not yet been invoiced because the Company does not have present right to payment. The
Company generally has a present right to payment when title of product transfers. Unbilled receivables are included in
receivables in the Consolidated Balance Sheet with a corresponding decrease to inventory.
Contract assets are recorded for revenue recognized over time when the Company has determined that control for a
performance obligation has passed to the customer, but the right to invoice the customer is contingent upon the completion of
the performance obligations included in the contract. Contract assets are classified as current as they are expected to be
invoiced within one year and may not exceed their net realizable value.
Contract liabilities are established if the Company must defer the recognition of a portion of consideration received because it
has to satisfy a future obligation. Contract liabilities are classified as current or noncurrent based on when the Company
expects to recognize revenue.
Stock-Based Compensation. For awards with a service or market condition, compensation expense is recognized over the
vesting period on a straight-line basis using the grant date fair value of the award and the estimated number of awards that are
expected to vest. For awards with a performance condition, the Company assesses the probability of vesting at each reporting
period and adjusts compensation cost based on its probability assessment. The Company’s plans provide for stock awards
which may include accelerated vesting upon retirement, disability, or death of eligible employees. The Company considers a
stock-based award to be vested when the service period is no longer contingent on the employee providing future service.
Accordingly, the related compensation cost is recognized immediately for awards granted to retirement-eligible individuals, or
over the period from the grant date to the date that retirement eligibility is achieved if less than the stated vesting period.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash. Cash equivalents represent investments with maturities of three months or less
from the time of purchase and are carried at cost, which approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those
instruments. Outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit are included in accounts payable. The Company generally
classifies any cash that is legally restricted as to withdrawal or usage as restricted cash.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and
do not bear interest. The measurement of expected credit losses is based on past events, historical experience, current conditions
and forecasts that affect the collectability of accounts receivable.
Inventory Valuation. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost principally determined under
the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) or average cost method.
Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment (“PP&E”) is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and
includes expenditures for new facilities and equipment and those costs which substantially increase the useful lives or capacity
of existing PP&E. Cost of constructed assets includes capitalized interest incurred during the construction and development
period. Maintenance and repairs, including labor and material costs for planned major maintenance such as annual production
line overhauls, are expensed as incurred. When PP&E is retired or otherwise disposed, the net carrying amount is eliminated
with any gain or loss on disposition recognized in earnings at that time.
50
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets described below (in years). The
Company periodically reviews the estimated useful lives of its PP&E and, where appropriate, changes are made prospectively.
Land improvements
Buildings and building improvements
Machinery and equipment
25
25 – 40
3– 18
Goodwill and Intangible Assets. Assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are recorded under the acquisition method of
accounting at their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. Goodwill represents costs in excess of fair values assigned
to the underlying identifiable net assets of acquired businesses. Goodwill is carried at cost and reviewed for impairment
annually in the fourth quarter of each year or when facts and circumstances indicate goodwill may be impaired. Goodwill is
allocated to the reporting units at the time of each acquisition based on the relative fair values of the reporting units. In
assessing goodwill for impairment, the Company may first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of
events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than
its carrying amount. Further quantitative assessment may then be required. The quantitative assessment involves a number of
assumptions and judgments, including the calculation of fair value for the Company’s identified reporting units. The Company
determines the estimated fair value of each reporting unit based on an average of the estimated fair values using an income and
a market approach. The income approach utilizes significant assumptions, including revenue and Adjusted EBITDA (a non-
GAAP item defined by the Company as net customer sales, less cost of products sold excluding depreciation and amortization,
less selling and administrative expenses) margin growth rates, discount rates and terminal year exit multiples. If the carrying
value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, any impairment loss is measured by comparing the carrying value of the
reporting unit to its fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
Definite-lived intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Definite-lived intangibles are amortized on a
straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives described below (in years). Definite-lived intangible assets are tested for
impairment when facts and circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable from their undiscounted cash
flows. If impaired, the assets are written down to fair value based on either discounted cash flows or appraised values.
Customer relationships
Trade names
Technology
Long-term supply contracts
Patents
11 - 18
8 - 27
6 - 8
15
8
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. In the event that facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value of
long-lived assets, primarily PP&E, may be impaired, the Company performs a recoverability evaluation. If the evaluation
indicates that the carrying value of an asset is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is measured
by comparing the carrying value of the asset to its fair value, based on discounted cash flows. Long-lived assets classified as
held for sale are presented in the balance sheet at the lower of their carrying value or fair value less cost to sell.
Leases. The Company has operating and finance leases for land and buildings related to certain manufacturing facilities,
warehouses and corporate offices, vehicle fleets and certain office and manufacturing equipment. Leases with an initial term of
12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. The Company's lease terms include options to extend the lease when it
is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise the option. Variable lease payment amounts that cannot be determined at
commencement of the lease, such as increases in index rates, are not included in the measurement of the lease liabilities and
corresponding right-of-use assets and are recognized in the period those payments are incurred. The Company separates lease
and non-lease components of lease arrangements and allocates contract consideration based on standalone selling prices.
Variable consideration is allocated to the lease and non-lease components to which the variable payments specifically relate.
The discount rate implicit within the Company's leases is often not determinable and therefore the Company generally uses its
incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date of the lease in determining the
present value of the lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate is determined based on lease term and the currency in
which lease payments are made. The Company's leases do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material
restrictive covenants.
Taxes on Income. The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach. Deferred taxes represent
the future expected tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities based
51
Crown Holdings, Inc.
upon enacted tax rates and laws. The Company has made an accounting policy election to treat taxes due on future U.S.
inclusions of certain intangible income of foreign subsidiaries as a current period expense when incurred.
Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be
realized. Investment tax credits are accounted for using the deferral method. Income tax-related interest and penalties are
reported as income tax expense.
Derivatives and Hedging. All outstanding derivative financial instruments are recognized in the balance sheet at their fair
values. The impact on earnings from recognizing the fair values of these instruments depends on their intended use, their hedge
designation and their effectiveness in offsetting changes in the fair values of the exposures they are hedging. Changes in the
fair values of instruments designated to reduce or eliminate adverse fluctuations in the fair values of recognized assets and
liabilities are reported currently in earnings along with changes in the fair values of the hedged items. Changes in the effective
portions of the fair values of instruments used to reduce or eliminate adverse fluctuations in cash flows of anticipated or
forecasted transactions are reported in equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Amounts in
accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified to earnings when the related hedged items impact earnings or the
forecasted transactions become probable of not occurring. Changes in the fair values of derivative instruments that are not
designated as hedges or do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are reported currently in earnings. Amounts reported in
earnings are classified consistent with the item being hedged.
The effectiveness of derivative instruments in reducing risks associated with the hedged exposures is assessed at inception and
on an ongoing basis. Time value, a component of an instrument’s fair value, is excluded in assessing effectiveness for fair value
hedges, except hedges of firm commitments, and included for cash flow hedges.
Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when (i) the instrument is no longer effective in offsetting changes in fair value
or cash flows of the underlying hedged item, (ii) the instrument expires, is sold, terminated or exercised, or (iii) designating the
instrument as a hedge is no longer appropriate.
The Company formally documents all relationships between its hedging instruments and hedged items at inception, including
its risk management objective and strategy for establishing various hedge relationships. Cash flows from hedging instruments
are classified in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows consistent with the items being hedged.
Treasury Stock. Treasury stock is reported at par value. The excess of fair value over par value is first charged to paid-in
capital, if any, and then to retained earnings.
Research and Development. Research, development and engineering costs of $47 in 2021, $48 in 2020, and $50 in 2019 were
expensed as incurred and reported in selling and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Substantially all engineering and development costs are related to developing new products or designing significant
improvements to existing products or processes. Costs primarily include employee salaries and benefits and facility costs.
Reclassifications. Certain reclassifications of prior years’ data have been made to conform to the current year presentation.
Recent Accounting and Reporting Pronouncements.
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
On January 1, 2021, the Company adopted new guidance to simplify the accounting for income taxes by, among other things,
reducing complexity in the interim-period accounting for year-to-date loss limitations and changes in tax laws. The guidance
did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
B. Divestitures
On August 31, 2021, the Company completed the sale (the “Transaction”) of its European Tinplate business (the “Business”) to
Kouti B.V., an affiliate of KPS Capital Partners LP. The Business comprised the Company’s European Food segment and its
European Aerosol and Promotional Packaging reporting unit which was previously reported in Other. The Company received
pre-tax proceeds of approximately €1.9 billion ($2.3 billion) from the Transaction and received a 20% minority interest in the
Business. Proceeds from the Transaction, along with cash provided by operating activities, were used to fund capital projects,
repurchase Company stock and to redeem certain of the Company's senior notes as further described in Note M.
52
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The Company recorded a pre-tax loss of $101, including $553 of currency translation adjustments which were reclassified from
accumulated other comprehensive income upon completion of the sale. The Company also recorded income tax charges of $81
related to taxable gains on the sale of the Business.
Major components of net (loss) / income from discontinued operations were as follows:
For the Years Ended December 31
Net sales
Cost of products sold, excluding depreciation and amortization
2021
2020
2019
$
1,585
1,301
$
2,183
1,823
$
2,106
1,774
Depreciation and amortization
Selling and administrative expense
Restructuring and other
Goodwill impairment
Other pension and postretirement
Interest expense
Interest income
Foreign exchange
Loss on sale of discontinued businesses
Transaction costs
Income from discontinued operations before tax
Provision for income taxes
Net (loss) / income from discontinued operations
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling
interests
Net (loss) / income from discontinued operations attributable to Crown
Holdings
16
60
2
—
1
6
—
—
101
34
64
116
(52)
1
59
81
4
—
2
10
—
3
—
—
201
45
156
1
59
75
4
25
3
11
(2)
2
—
—
155
30
125
2
$
(53)
$
155
$
123
Major classes of assets and liabilities of the Business classified as held for sale at December 31, 2020 were as follows:
53
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Receivables, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total current assets held for sale
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Property, plant and equipment, net
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net
Other non-current assets
Total non-current assets held for sale
Short-term debt
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Total current liabilities held for sale
Postretirement and pension liabilities
Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Total non-current liabilities held for sale
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
281
410
30
721
1,447
125
546
43
17
2,178
17
12
725
227
981
77
32
90
199
The table above excludes assets held for sale unrelated to the Business that are not material for disclosure.
The capital expenditures of the Business were as follows:
For the Years Ended December 31
Capital expenditures
2021
2020
2019
$
29
$
33
$
41
The Company accounted for the minority interest received in the Business under the equity method. The Company's share of
income of the Business was a loss of $8 for the year ended December 31, 2021.
In October 2021, the Company signed an agreement to sell a Transit Packaging business for approximately $180. The
transaction is subject to customary regulatory approvals and is expected to close in the second quarter of 2022. The Company
expects to record an after tax gain of approximately $100 related to the transaction. The assets and liabilities of this business
are classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2021. The transaction will not represent a strategic shift that will have a major
effect on the Company's operations and financial results, and therefore does not qualify for reporting as a discontinued
operation.
54
C. Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Restricted Cash
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash included in the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets and Statements of Cash
Flows were as follows:
Cash and cash equivalents
2021
2020
$
531
$
1,173
Restricted cash included in prepaid expenses and other current assets
Restricted cash included in other non-current assets
Total restricted cash
61
1
62
64
1
65
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
$
593
$
1,238
Amounts included in restricted cash primarily represent amounts required to be segregated by certain of the Company's
receivables securitization agreements.
D. Receivables
Accounts receivable
Less: allowance for credit losses
Net trade receivables
Unbilled receivables
Miscellaneous receivables
2021
2020
1,289
(20)
1,269
325
295
1,889
$
$
1,084
(20)
1,064
248
210
1,522
$
$
The Company uses receivables securitization and factoring facilities in the normal course of business as part of managing its
cash flows. The Company primarily accounts for transfers under these facilities as sales because it has met the criteria for
control of the receivables to be considered transferred. The Company’s continuing involvement in the transfers is limited to
servicing the receivables. The Company receives adequate compensation for servicing the receivables and no servicing asset or
liability is recorded.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company derecognized receivables of $1,011 and $852 related to the facilities.
The Company recorded expenses related to the facilities for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 of $13 as
interest expense.
E. Inventories
Raw materials and supplies
Work in process
Finished goods
2021
2020
$
$
1,094
120
521
1,735
$
$
800
89
374
1,263
55
F. Goodwill
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as
follows:
Balance at January 1, 2020
Foreign currency translation
Balance at December 31, 2020
Held for sale reclassification
Foreign currency translation
Balance at December 31, 2021
Americas
Beverage
European
Beverage
Transit
Packaging
Other
Total
$
865 $
534 $
1,509 $
184 $
3,092
(26)
839
—
(14)
26
560
—
(25)
52
1,561
(58)
(42)
2
186
—
—
54
3,146
(58)
(81)
$
825 $
535 $
1,461 $
186 $
3,007
Goodwill reclassified to current assets held for sale during 2021 related to the expected sale of a Transit Packaging business.
See Note B for more information.
The carrying amount of goodwill at December 31, 2021 and 2020 was net of the following accumulated impairments:
Accumulated impairments
$
29 $
73 $
11 $
113
Americas
Beverage
European
Beverage
Other
Total
G. Intangible Assets
Gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of finite-lived intangible assets by major class were as follows:
Customer relationships
Trade names
Technology
Long term supply contracts
Patents
Gross
$ 1,363
544
158
137
15
$ 2,217
$
December 31, 2021
Accumulated
amortization
$
Net
$
920
458
70
74
3
$ 1,525
Gross
$ 1,413
565
165
142
13
$ 2,298
December 31, 2020
Accumulated
amortization
Net
$
$
(346) $ 1,067
500
(65)
98
(67)
87
(55)
(10)
3
(543) $ 1,755
(443)
(86)
(88)
(63)
(12)
(692)
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 was $165, $162 and $169.
During the year-ended December 31, 2021, $13 of intangible assets related to the expected sale of a Transit Packaging business
were reclassified to current assets held for sale. See Note B for more information.
Annual amortization expense is estimated to be $165 for 2022 and 2023, $154 for 2024, $147 for 2025, and $138 for 2026.
56
Crown Holdings, Inc.
H. Property, Plant and Equipment
Buildings and improvements
Machinery and equipment
Land and improvements
Construction in progress
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
2021
2020
$
$
1,226
5,372
208
612
7,418
(3,382)
4,036
$
$
1,137
4,965
223
483
6,808
(3,156)
3,652
I. Leases
The components of lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were as follows:
Operating lease costs:
Operating lease cost
Short-term lease cost
Total operating lease costs
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets
Total finance lease costs
2021
2020
2019
$
$
$
$
48
3
51
1
1
$
$
$
$
39
5
44
1
1
$
$
$
$
36
4
40
1
1
Variable operating lease costs were $3 for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. Interest on finance
lease liabilities was less than $1 for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.
Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:
2021
2020
2019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of
lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases
Financing cash flows from finance leases
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease
obligations:
Operating leases
$
$
51
2
73
Supplemental balance sheet information related to finance leases was as follows:
Finance leases:
Property, plant and equipment
Accumulated depreciation
Property, plant and equipment, net
Accrued liabilities
Other non-current liabilities
Total finance lease liabilities
$
$
$
$
$
$
2021
44
3
42
26
(2)
24
2
8
10
$
$
$
$
$
$
2020
38
15
22
28
(2)
26
2
10
12
57
The weighted average remaining lease term and weighted average discount rates for each year were as follows:
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Weighted average remaining lease term (years):
Operating leases
Finance leases
Weighted average discount rate:
Operating leases
Finance leases
2021
2020
10.8
5.7
4.3 %
3.2 %
10.4
6.6
4.4 %
3.4 %
Maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021 were as follows:
Operating Leases
Finance Leases
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Less imputed interest
$
$
42
33
26
22
18
112
253
(61)
192
$
$
At December 31, 2021, the Company did not have material lease commitments that had not commenced.
J. Other Non-Current Assets
Pension assets
Deferred taxes
Investments
Fair value of derivatives
Other
K. Accrued Liabilities
Salaries and employee benefits
Accrued taxes, other than on income
Income taxes
Accrued interest
Fair value of derivatives
Asbestos liabilities
Pension and postretirement liabilities
Restructuring
Other
2021
2020
$
$
$
$
2021
158
150
161
51
84
604
169
104
101
47
32
25
25
4
459
966
2020
$
$
$
$
58
2
2
2
2
2
1
11
(1)
10
532
235
24
11
83
885
182
117
81
85
26
25
21
12
397
946
Crown Holdings, Inc.
L. Restructuring and Other
The Company recorded restructuring and other items as follows:
Other (income) / costs
Asset sales and impairments
Restructuring
Asbestos
2021 Activity
2021
2020
2019
$
$
(42)
(20)
29
5
$
(28)
$
9
2
19
—
30
$
$
(41)
(7)
18
—
(30)
Other (income) / costs included gains of $30 arising from a favorable court ruling in a lawsuit brought by certain of the
Company's Brazilian subsidiaries asserting they were overcharged by local tax authorities for indirect taxes paid in prior years.
Asset sales and impairments included gains on various asset sales.
Restructuring primarily includes charges related to relocation of the Transit Packaging headquarters and headcount reductions
across segments. The Company continues to identify cost reduction initiatives in its businesses and it is possible that the
Company may record additional restructuring charges in the future.
See Note O for more information on the Company's provision for asbestos.
2020 Activity
Restructuring costs included charges of $19 related to an internal reorganization and headcount reductions within the Transit
Packaging segment.
2019 Activity
Other costs / (income) of $41 included gains of $50 arising from favorable court rulings related to the recovery of indirect taxes
paid in prior years by certain of the Company's Brazilian subsidiaries and a charge of $7 related to the settlement of a litigation
matter related to Transit Packaging that arose prior to its acquisition by the Company in 2018.
Restructuring costs included charges of $14 for termination benefits related to headcount reductions across the Company,
including $10 related to headcount reductions in the Company's European Beverage and Transit Packaging segments.
Asset sales and impairments included gains of $13 related to asset sales partially offset by a charge of $6 related to a fire at a
production facility in Asia.
Restructuring charges by segment were as follows:
Americas Beverage
European Beverage
Asia Pacific
Transit Packaging
Other
Corporate
2021
2020
2019
$
—
$
3
1
19
3
3
$
29
$
—
—
1
19
(1)
—
19
$
$
1
—
3
6
5
3
18
59
Restructuring charges by type were as follows:
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Termination benefits
Other exit costs
M.
Debt
Short-term debt
Long-term debt
Senior secured borrowings:
Revolving credit facilities
Term loan facilities
U.S. dollar due 2024
Euro due 20241
Senior notes and debentures:
€650 at 4.0% due 2022
U. S. dollar at 4.50% due 2023
€335 at 2.25% due 2023
€550 at 0.75% due 2023
€600 at 2.625% due 2024
€600 at 3.375% due 2025
U.S. dollar at 4.25% due 2026
U.S. dollar at 4.75% due 2026
U.S. dollar at 7.375% due 2026
€500 at 2.875% due 2026
U.S. dollar at 7.50% due 2096
Other indebtedness in various currencies:
Fixed rate with rates in 2021 from 2.7% to 7.8%
due through 2026
Variable rate with average rates in 2021 from 1.9%
to 3.6% due through 2026
Total long-term debt
Less: current maturities
Total long-term debt, less current maturities
$
(1) €303 and €317 at December 31, 2021 and 2020
2021
2020
2019
10
19
29
$
$
8
11
19
$
$
14
4
18
2020
$
$
2021
Principal
outstanding
75
$
Carrying
amount
$
75
Principal
outstanding
104
$
Carrying
amount
$
104
50
1,002
344
—
—
381
626
683
683
400
875
350
570
40
189
50
997
344
—
—
380
624
680
679
396
867
348
565
40
189
28
6,221
(136)
6,085
28
6,187
(135)
6,052
$
$
—
1,029
387
794
1,000
409
671
733
733
400
875
350
610
40
97
13
8,141
(67)
8,074
—
1,023
387
791
997
407
666
729
728
396
865
348
603
40
97
13
8,090
(67)
8,023
$
The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term borrowings, using a market approach incorporating level 2 inputs such as
quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, was $6,548 at December 31, 2021 and $8,617 at December 31, 2020.
In October 2021, the Company redeemed all of its €650, equivalent to $754, 4.0% senior notes due 2022 and its $1,000 4.5%
senior notes due 2023. In connection with the redemption, the Company recorded losses from early extinguishments of debt of
$68 for premium payments and the write-off of deferred financing fees.
The revolving credit facilities include provisions for letters of credit up to $310 that reduce the amount of borrowing capacity
otherwise available. At December 31, 2021, the Company’s available borrowing capacity under the credit facilities was $1,535,
equal to the facilities’ aggregate capacity of $1,650 less $65 of outstanding letters of credit and $50 of credit facility
borrowings. The interest rates on the facilities can vary from LIBOR or EURIBOR, with a floor of zero, plus a margin of up to
1.55%, depending on the facility, based on the Company's leverage ratio. The revolving credit facilities and term loan facilities
required the Company to maintain a leverage ratio of no greater than 5.00 times at December 31, 2021. The Company was in
compliance with all covenants as of December 31, 2021.
60
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The weighted average interest rates were as follows:
Short-term debt
Revolving credit facilities
2021
2020
2019
0.6 %
1.2 %
2.1 %
1.8 %
2.8 %
3.0 %
Aggregate maturities of long-term debt, excluding unamortized discounts and debt issuance costs, for the five years subsequent
to 2021 are $136, $1,144, $1,969, $715 and $2,217. Cash payments for interest during 2021, 2020 and 2019 were $294, $302,
and $362.
N. Derivative and Other Financial Instruments
Fair Value Measurements
Under U.S. GAAP a framework exists for measuring fair value, providing a three-tier hierarchy of pricing inputs used to report
assets and liabilities that are adjusted to fair value. Level 1 includes inputs such as quoted prices which are available in active
markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the report date. Level 2 includes inputs other than those available in active
markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. Level 3 includes
unobservable pricing inputs that are not corroborated by market data or other objective sources. The Company has no recurring
items valued using Level 3 inputs other than certain pension plan assets.
The Company utilizes market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The
Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect
the valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value and their placement within the fair value hierarchy.
The Company applies a market approach to value its commodity price hedge contracts. Prices from observable markets are used
to develop the fair value of these financial instruments and they are reported under Level 2. The Company uses an income
approach to value its foreign exchange forward contracts. These contracts are valued using a discounted cash flow model that
calculates the present value of future cash flows under the terms of the contracts using market information as of the reporting
date, such as foreign exchange spot and forward rates, and are reported under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Fair value disclosures for financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis are provided
below. In addition, see Note M for fair value disclosures related to debt.
Derivative Financial Instruments
In the normal course of business the Company is subject to risk from adverse fluctuations in currency exchange rates, interest
rates and commodity prices. The Company manages these risks through a program that includes the use of derivative financial
instruments, primarily swaps and forwards. Counterparties to these contracts are major financial institutions. The Company is
exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by these counterparties. The Company does not use derivative
instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
The Company’s objective in managing exposure to market and interest rate risk is to limit the impact on earnings and cash flow.
The extent to which the Company uses such instruments is dependent upon its access to these contracts in the financial markets
and its success using other methods, such as netting exposures in the same currencies to mitigate foreign exchange risk, using
sales agreements that permit the pass-through of commodity price and foreign exchange rate risk to customers and borrowing
both fixed and floating debt instruments to manage interest rate risk.
For derivative financial instruments accounted for in hedging relationships, the Company formally designates and documents,
at inception, the financial instrument as a hedge of a specific underlying exposure, the risk management objective and the
manner in which effectiveness will be assessed. The Company formally assesses, both at inception and at least quarterly
thereafter, whether the hedging relationships are effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the related
underlying exposures. When a forecasted transaction is reasonably possible, but not probable of occurring, the hedge no longer
qualifies for hedge accounting and the change in fair value from the date of the last effectiveness test is recognized in earnings.
Any gain or loss which has accumulated in other comprehensive income at the date of the last effectiveness test is reclassified
into earnings at the same time of the underlying exposure or when the forecasted transaction becomes probable of not
occurring.
61
Cash Flow Hedges
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The Company designates certain derivative financial instruments as cash flow hedges. No components of the hedging
instruments are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. Changes in fair value of outstanding derivatives
accounted for as cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income until earnings are impacted by the
hedged transaction. Classification of the gain or loss in the Consolidated Statements of Operations upon reclassification from
accumulated other comprehensive income is the same as that of the underlying exposure. Contracts outstanding at
December 31, 2021 mature between one and thirty-four months.
The Company uses commodity forward contracts to hedge anticipated purchases of various commodities, including aluminum
and fuel oil, and these exposures are hedged by a central treasury unit.
The Company also designates certain foreign exchange contracts as cash flow hedges of anticipated foreign currency
denominated sales or purchases. The Company manages these risks at the operating unit level. Often, foreign currency risk is
hedged together with the related commodity price risk.
The Company may also uses interest rate swaps to convert interest on floating rate debt to a fixed-rate.
The following tables set forth financial information about the impact on other comprehensive income ("OCI"), accumulated
other comprehensive income ("AOCI") and earnings from changes in the fair value related to derivative instruments designated
as cash flow hedges.
Amount of gain / (loss)
recognized in AOCI
Derivatives in cash flow hedges
2021
2020
Foreign exchange
Interest rate
Commodities
$
$
(5) $
2
74
71 $
—
(1)
10
9
Amount of gain / (loss)
reclassified from AOCI into
income
Derivatives in cash flow hedges
2021
2020
Affected line item in the
Statement of Operations
Foreign exchange
Commodities
Foreign exchange
Commodities
Foreign exchange
Commodities
Total reclassified
$
(4) $
(3) Net sales
(54)
2
147
91
(23)
68
—
5
$
73 $
18 Net sales
(2) Cost of products sold
(59) Cost of products sold
(46)
13
(Loss) / income from continuing operations
before taxes and equity in net earnings of
affiliates
(Benefit from) / provision for income taxes
Net (loss) / income from continuing
operations
(33)
(1) Net (loss) / income from discontinued
(1) Net (loss) / income from discontinued
operations
(35) Net (loss) / income
operations
For the year ended December 31, 2021, a net gain of $34 ($28, net of tax) is expected to be reclassified to earnings for
commodity and foreign exchange contracts. No material amounts were reclassified during the years ended December 31, 2021
and 2020 in connection with anticipated transactions that were no longer considered probable.
62
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Fair Value Hedges and Contracts Not Designated as Hedges
The Company designates certain derivative financial instruments as fair value hedges of recognized foreign-denominated assets
and liabilities, generally trade accounts receivable and payable and unrecognized firm commitments. The notional values and
maturity dates of the derivative instruments coincide with those of the hedged items. Changes in fair value of the derivative
financial instruments, excluding time value, are offset by changes in fair value of the related hedged items.
For the years ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, the Company recorded gains of $3 and $27 from foreign
exchange contracts designated as fair value hedges. These adjustments were reported within foreign exchange in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Certain derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange contracts related to intercompany debt, were not
designated or did not qualify for hedge accounting; however, they are effective economic hedges as the changes in their fair
value, except for time value, are offset by changes from re-measurement of the related hedged items. The Company’s primary
use of these derivative instruments is to offset the earnings impact that fluctuations in foreign exchange rates have on certain
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in nonfunctional currencies. Changes in fair value of these derivative instruments
are immediately recognized in earnings as foreign exchange adjustments.
The following table sets forth the impact on earnings from derivatives not designated as hedges.
Pre-tax amount of gain / (loss)
recognized in earnings
Derivatives not designated as hedges
2021
2020
Affected line item in the
Statement of Operations
Foreign exchange
Foreign exchange
Foreign exchange
Foreign exchange
Net Investment Hedges
$
(3) $
— Net sales
(1)
(29)
—
$
(33) $
(1) Cost of products sold
30 Foreign exchange
Net (loss) / income from discontinued
operations
1
30
The Company designates certain debt and derivative instruments as net investment hedges to manage foreign currency risk
relating to net investments in subsidiaries denominated in foreign currencies.
For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded a gain of $103 ($103, net of tax) and a loss of $1 ($1,
net of tax) in other comprehensive income for certain debt instruments that are designated as hedges of its net investment in a
euro-based subsidiary. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, cumulative gains of $69 ($92, net of tax) and losses
of $33 ($10, net of tax) were recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income related to these net investment hedges
and the carrying amount of the hedged net investment was approximately €1,312 ($1,493) at December 31, 2021.
The following tables set forth financial information about the impact on accumulated other comprehensive income from
changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as net investment hedges.
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges
Foreign exchange
Amount of (loss) / gain recognized in
AOCI
2021
2020
$
47
$
(48)
Gains and losses representing components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness on derivatives designated as net
investment hedges are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income.
Gains or losses on net investment hedges remain in accumulated other comprehensive income until disposal of the underlying
assets.
63
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Fair Values of Derivative Financial Instruments and Valuation Hierarchy
The following table sets forth the Company's financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring
basis as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The fair value of these financial instruments were
reported under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Balance Sheet
classification
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
Balance Sheet
classification
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
Derivatives designated as hedging
instruments
Foreign exchange
contracts cash flow
Prepaid expenses
and other current
assets
Current assets
held for sale
Other non-current
assets
Foreign exchange
contracts fair value
Commodities
contracts cash flow
Interest rate
contracts cash flow
Net investment
hedge
Prepaid expenses
and other current
assets
Prepaid expenses
and other current
assets
Current assets
held for sale
Other non-current
assets
Other non-current
assets
Other non-current
assets
Derivatives not designated as hedging
instruments
Foreign exchange
contracts
Prepaid expenses
and other current
assets
Total derivatives
Fair Value Hedge Carrying Amounts
$
3 $
—
—
1
53
—
2
—
49
$
108 $
$
$
$
3 $
3 $
111 $
Line item in the Balance Sheet in which the hedged item is included
Cash and cash equivalents
Receivables, net
Accrued liabilities
Accrued
liabilities
Current liabilities
held for sale
Other non-current
liabilities
5
4
—
Accrued
liabilities
2
Accrued
liabilities
Current liabilities
held for sale
Other non-current
liabilities
Other non-current
liabilities
Other non-current
liabilities
Accrued
liabilities
43
2
4
—
7
67
9
9
76
$
10 $
—
—
2
17
—
1
—
—
30 $
3 $
3 $
33 $
$
$
$
$
5
3
1
6
11
—
—
2
20
48
4
4
52
Carrying amount of the hedged assets
and liabilities
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
38
21
116
22
11
100
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the cumulative amounts of fair value hedging adjustments included in the carrying amount
of the hedged assets and liabilities were net gains of $1 and $4.
64
Offsetting of Derivative Assets and Liabilities
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Certain derivative financial instruments are subject to agreements with counterparties similar to master netting arrangements
and are eligible for offset. The Company has made an accounting policy election not to offset the fair values of these
instruments. In the table below, the aggregate fair values of the Company's derivative assets and liabilities are presented on
both a gross and net basis, where appropriate.
Gross amounts recognized
in the Balance Sheet
Gross amounts not offset
in the Balance Sheet
Net amount
Balance at December 31, 2021
Derivative assets ......................................
Derivative liabilities .................................
Balance at December 31, 2020
Derivative assets ......................................
Derivative liabilities .................................
$
$
Notional Values of Outstanding Derivative Instruments
111 $
33
76 $
52
19 $
19
11 $
11
92
14
65
41
The aggregate U.S. dollar-equivalent notional values of outstanding derivative instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 were:
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
Foreign exchange
Commodities
Interest rate
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges:
Foreign exchange
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges:
Foreign exchange
Derivatives not designated as hedges:
Foreign exchange
O. Asbestos-Related Liabilities
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
$
241
261
—
229
875
617
$
639
231
200
183
1,075
722
Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. (“Crown Cork”) is one of many defendants in a substantial number of lawsuits filed
throughout the United States by persons alleging bodily injury as a result of exposure to asbestos. These claims arose from the
insulation operations of a U.S. company, the majority of whose stock Crown Cork purchased in 1963. Approximately ninety
days after the stock purchase, this U.S. company sold its insulation assets and was later merged into Crown Cork.
Prior to 1998, amounts paid to asbestos claimants were covered by a fund made available to Crown Cork under a 1985
settlement with carriers insuring Crown Cork through 1976, when Crown Cork became self-insured. The fund was depleted in
1998 and the Company has no remaining coverage for asbestos-related costs.
The states of Alabama, Arizona, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Mississippi, Nebraska,
North Carolina, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Utah, West Virginia, Wisconsin and
Wyoming have enacted legislation that limits asbestos-related liabilities under state law of companies such as Crown Cork that
allegedly incurred these liabilities because they are successors by corporate merger to companies that had been involved with
asbestos. The legislation, which applies to future and, with the exception of Arkansas, Georgia, South Carolina, South Dakota,
West Virginia and Wyoming, pending claims at the time of enactment, caps asbestos-related liabilities at the fair market value
of the predecessor's total gross assets adjusted for inflation. Crown Cork has paid significantly more for asbestos-related claims
than the total value of its predecessor's assets adjusted for inflation. Crown Cork has integrated the legislation into its claims
defense strategy. The Company cautions, however, that the legislation may be challenged and there can be no assurance
regarding the ultimate effect of the legislation on Crown Cork.
65
Crown Holdings, Inc.
In June 2003, the State of Texas enacted legislation that limits the asbestos-related liabilities in Texas courts of companies such
as Crown Cork that allegedly incurred these liabilities because they are successors by corporate merger to companies that had
been involved with asbestos. The Texas legislation, which applies to future and pending claims, caps asbestos-related liabilities
at the total gross value of the predecessor’s assets adjusted for inflation. Crown Cork has paid significantly more for asbestos-
related claims than the total adjusted value of its predecessor’s assets.
In October 2010, the Texas Supreme Court reversed a lower court decision, Barbara Robinson v. Crown Cork & Seal
Company, Inc., No. 14-04-00658-CV, Fourteenth Court of Appeals, Texas, which had upheld the dismissal of an asbestos-
related case against Crown Cork. The Texas Supreme Court held that the Texas legislation was unconstitutional under the
Texas Constitution when applied to asbestos-related claims pending against Crown Cork when the legislation was enacted in
June of 2003. The Company believes that the decision of the Texas Supreme Court is limited to retroactive application of the
Texas legislation to asbestos-related cases that were pending against Crown Cork in Texas on June 11, 2003 and therefore, in its
accrual, continues to assign no value to claims filed after June 11, 2003.
In December 2001, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania enacted legislation that limits the asbestos-related liabilities of
Pennsylvania corporations that are successors by corporate merger to companies involved with asbestos. The legislation limits
the successor’s liability for asbestos to the acquired company’s asset value adjusted for inflation. Crown Cork has paid
significantly more for asbestos-related claims than the acquired company’s adjusted asset value. In November 2004, the
legislation was amended to address a Pennsylvania Supreme Court decision (Ieropoli v. AC&S Corporation, et. al., No. 117 EM
2002) which held that the statute violated the Pennsylvania Constitution due to retroactive application. The Company cautions
that the limitations of the statute, as amended, are subject to litigation and may not be upheld.
The Company further cautions that an adverse ruling in any litigation relating to the constitutionality or applicability to Crown
Cork of one or more statutes that limits the asbestos-related liability of alleged defendants like Crown Cork could have a
material impact on the Company.
The Company's approximate claims activity for the years ended 2021, 2020 and 2019 was as follows:
2020
2021
Beginning claims
New claims
Settlements or dismissals
Ending claims
56,000
2,000
(1,000)
57,000
56,000
1,500
(1,500)
56,000
2019
56,000
2,000
(2,000)
56,000
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the Company made cash payments of $19, $21, and $22 to settle
asbestos claims and pay related legal and defense costs.
In the fourth quarter of each year, the Company performs an analysis of outstanding claims and categorizes by year of exposure
and state filed. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company's outstanding claims were:
Claimants alleging first exposure after 1964
Claimants alleging first exposure before or during 1964 filed in:
Texas
Pennsylvania
Other states that have enacted asbestos legislation
Other states
Total claims outstanding
2021
2020
17,000
13,000
1,500
6,000
19,500
57,000
16,500
13,000
1,500
6,000
19,000
56,000
The outstanding claims in each period exclude approximately 19,000 inactive claims. Due to the passage of time, the Company
considers it unlikely that the plaintiffs in these cases will pursue further action against the Company. The exclusion of these
inactive claims had no effect on the calculation of the Company’s accrual as the claims were filed in states, as described above,
where the Company’s liability is limited by statute.
With respect to claimants alleging first exposure to asbestos before or during 1964, the Company does not include in its accrual
any amounts for settlements in states where the Company’s liability is limited by statute except for certain pending claims in
Texas as described earlier.
66
Crown Holdings, Inc.
With respect to post-1964 claims, regardless of the existence of asbestos legislation, the Company does not include in its
accrual any amounts for settlement of these claims because of increased difficulty of establishing identification of relevant
insulation products as the cause of injury. Given its settlement experience with post-1964 claims, the Company does not believe
that an adverse ruling in the Texas or Pennsylvania asbestos litigation cases, or in any other state that has enacted asbestos
legislation, would have a material impact on the Company with respect to such claims.
As of December 31, the percentage of outstanding claims related to claimants alleging serious diseases (primarily mesothelioma
and other malignancies) were as follows:
Total claims
Pre-1965 claims in states without asbestos legislation
2021
2020
2019
24 %
42 %
23 %
41 %
22 %
41 %
Crown Cork has entered into arrangements with plaintiffs’ counsel in certain jurisdictions with respect to claims which are not
yet filed, or asserted, against it. However, Crown Cork expects claims under these arrangements to be filed or asserted against
Crown Cork in the future. The projected value of these claims is included in the Company’s estimated liability as of
December 31, 2021.
Approximately 82% of the claims outstanding at the end of 2021 were filed by plaintiffs who do not claim a specific amount of
damages or claim a minimum amount as established by court rules relating to jurisdiction; approximately 15% were filed by
plaintiffs who claim damages of less than $5; approximately 3% were filed by plaintiffs who claim damages from $5 to less
than $100 (36% of whom claim damages less than $25) and 14 claims were filed by plaintiffs who claim damages in excess of
$100.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s accrual for pending and future asbestos-related claims and related legal costs was
$237, including $198 for unasserted claims. The Company determines its accrual without limitation to a specified time period.
It is reasonably possible that the actual loss could be in excess of the Company’s accrual. However, the Company is unable to
estimate the reasonably possible loss in excess of its accrual due to uncertainty in the following assumptions that underlie the
Company’s accrual and the possibility of losses in excess of such accrual: the amount of damages sought by the claimant, the
Company and claimant’s willingness to negotiate a settlement, the terms of settlements of other defendants with asbestos-
related liabilities, the bankruptcy filings of other defendants (which may result in additional claims and higher settlements for
non-bankrupt defendants), the nature of pending and future claims (including the seriousness of alleged disease, whether
claimants allege first exposure to asbestos before or during 1964 and the claimant’s ability to demonstrate the alleged link to
Crown Cork), the volatility of the litigation environment, the defense strategies available to the Company, the level of future
claims, the rate of receipt of claims, the jurisdiction in which claims are filed, and the effect of state asbestos legislation
(including the validity and applicability of the Pennsylvania legislation to non-Pennsylvania jurisdictions, where the substantial
majority of the Company’s asbestos cases are filed).
P. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
The Company, along with others in most cases, has been identified by the EPA or a comparable state environmental agency as a
Potentially Responsible Party (“PRP”) at a number of sites and has recorded aggregate accruals of $12 for its share of estimated
future remediation costs at these sites. The Company has been identified as having either directly or indirectly disposed of
commercial or industrial waste at the sites subject to the accrual, and where appropriate and supported by available information,
generally has agreed to be responsible for a percentage of future remediation costs based on an estimated volume of materials
disposed in proportion to the total materials disposed at each site. The Company has not had monetary sanctions imposed nor
has the Company been notified of any potential monetary sanctions at any of the sites.
The Company has also recorded aggregate accruals of $6 for remediation activities at various worldwide locations that are
owned by the Company and for which the Company is not a member of a PRP group. Although the Company believes its
accruals are adequate to cover its portion of future remediation costs, there can be no assurance that the ultimate payments will
not exceed the amount of the Company’s accruals and will not have a material effect on its results of operations, financial
position and cash flow. Any possible loss or range of potential loss that may be incurred in excess of the recorded accruals
cannot be estimated.
In March 2015, the Bundeskartellamt, or German Federal Cartel Office (“FCO”), conducted unannounced inspections of the
premises of several metal packaging manufacturers, including a German subsidiary of the Company. The local court order
authorizing the inspection cited FCO suspicions of anti-competitive agreements in the German market for the supply of metal
67
Crown Holdings, Inc.
packaging products. The Company conducted an internal investigation into the matter and discovered instances of
inappropriate conduct by certain employees of German subsidiaries of the Company. The Company cooperated with the FCO
and submitted a leniency application with the FCO which disclosed the findings of its internal investigation to date. In April
2018, the FCO discontinued its national investigation and referred the matter to the European Commission (the “Commission”).
Following the referral, Commission officials conducted unannounced inspections of the premises of several metal packaging
manufacturers, including Company subsidiaries in Germany, France and the U.K.
The Commission's investigation is ongoing and, to date, the Commission has not officially charged the Company or any of its
subsidiaries with violations of competition law. The Company is cooperating with the Commission and submitted a leniency
application with the Commission with respect to the findings of the investigation in Germany referenced above. This
application may lead to the reduction of possible future penalties. At this stage of the investigation the Company believes that a
loss is probable but is unable to predict the ultimate outcome of the Commission’s investigation and is unable to estimate the
loss or possible range of losses that could be incurred, and has therefore not recorded a charge in connection with the actions by
the Commission. If the Commission finds that the Company or any of its subsidiaries violated competition law, fines levied by
the Commission could be material to the Company's operating results and cash flows for the periods in which they are resolved
or become reasonably estimable.
In March 2017, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (“CBP”) at the Port of Milwaukee issued a penalty notification alleging
that certain of the Company’s subsidiaries intentionally misclassified the importation of certain goods into the U.S. during the
period 2004 -2009. CBP initially assessed a penalty of $18. The Company has acknowledged to CBP that the goods were
misclassified and has paid all related duties, which CBP does not dispute. The Company has asserted that the misclassification
was unintentional and disputes the penalty assessment by CBP. CBP has brought suit in the U.S. Court of International Trade
seeking enforcement of the initial penalty against the Company. At the present time, based on the information available, the
Company does not believe that a loss for the alleged intentional misclassification is probable. However, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be successful in contesting the assessed penalty.
On October 7, 2021, the French Autorité de la concurrence (the French Competition Authority or “FCA”) issued a statement of
objections to 14 trade associations, one public entity and 101 legal entities from 28 corporate groups, including the Company,
certain of its subsidiaries, other leading metal can manufacturers, certain can fillers and certain retailers in France. The FCA
alleged violations of Articles 101 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union and L.420-1 of the French
Commercial Code. The statement of objections alleges, among other things, anti-competitive behavior in connection with the
removal of bisphenol-A from metal packaging in France. The removal of bisphenol-A was mandated by French legislation that
went into effect in 2015. If the FCA finds that the Company or its subsidiaries violated competition law, the FCA may levy
fines. Proceedings with respect to this matter are ongoing and the Company is unable to predict the ultimate outcome including
the amount of fines, if any, that may be levied by the FCA. The Company intends to vigorously defend against the allegations
in the statement of objectives.
The Company and its subsidiaries are also subject to various other lawsuits and claims with respect to labor, environmental,
securities, vendor and other matters arising out of the Company’s normal course of business. While the impact on future
financial results is not subject to reasonable estimation because considerable uncertainty exists, management believes that the
ultimate liabilities resulting from such lawsuits and claims will not materially affect the Company’s consolidated earnings,
financial position or cash flow. The Company has various commitments to purchase materials, supplies and utilities as part of
the ordinary conduct of business.
The Company’s basic raw materials for its products are aluminum and steel, both of which are purchased from multiple
sources. The Company is subject to fluctuations in the cost of these raw materials and has periodically adjusted its selling prices
to reflect these movements. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will be able to fully recover any increases
or fluctuations in raw material costs from its customers. The Company also has commitments for standby letters of credit and
for purchases of capital assets.
At December 31, 2021, the Company was party to certain indemnification agreements covering environmental remediation,
lease payments and other potential costs associated with properties sold or businesses divested. The Company accrues for costs
related to these items when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated.
68
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Q. Other Non-Current Liabilities
Deferred taxes
Asbestos liabilities
Income taxes payable
Fair value of derivatives
Postemployment benefits
Environmental
Finance lease liabilities
Other
2020
$
2021
$
336
212
26
1
21
12
8
80
$
696
$
350
226
26
23
19
12
10
100
766
Income taxes payable includes unrecognized tax benefits as discussed in Note S.
R. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits
Pensions. The Company sponsors various pension plans covering certain U.S. and non-U.S. employees, and participates in
certain multi-employer pension plans. The benefits under the Company plans are based primarily on years of service and either
the employees’ remuneration near retirement or a fixed dollar multiple.
A measurement date of December 31 was used for all plans presented below.
The components of pension expense were as follows:
U.S. Plans
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Settlements
Curtailments and special termination benefits
Amortization of actuarial loss
Amortization of prior service cost
Net periodic cost
Non-U.S. Plans
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Settlements
Curtailments
Amortization of actuarial loss
Amortization of prior service credit
Net periodic cost
2021
2020
2019
$
$
$
$
20
25
(63)
—
9
58
1
50
2021
13
32
(72)
1,511
—
33
—
1,517
$
$
$
$
18
38
(73)
3
—
56
1
43
2020
10
52
(107)
63
—
27
—
45
$
$
$
$
15
50
(70)
—
—
55
1
51
2019
13
70
(138)
44
(14)
37
(1)
11
The settlement charge in 2021 arose from the irrevocable transfer of the Company's U.K. pension plan to an insurer. In October
2021, the trustees of the Company's U.K. defined benefit pension plan (the "Plan") entered into a transaction to fully insure all
of its U.K. pension liabilities. The Company made a cash contribution of $271 to enable the Plan to purchase a bulk annuity
insurance contract for the benefit of the Plan participants. Subsequent to the purchase of the bulk annuity contract, each of the
Plan participants was issued an individual annuity contract. The issuer of the individual annuity contract is solely responsible
for paying each participant's benefits in full. The Company recorded a settlement charge of $1,511 ($1,040, net of tax) in
November 2021, upon irrevocable transfer of the Plan's obligations. Of the $271, the Company was reimbursed $55 in the
fourth quarter of 2021 and expects to receive an additional $110 of reimbursement in 2022 and 2023 as the plan sells its
remaining illiquid assets.
69
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The settlement charges in 2020 and 2019 arose from the payment of lump sum buy-outs to settle certain pension obligations
using plan assets The curtailment gain in 2019 was to recognize prior service credits that were previously recorded in
accumulated other comprehensive income in connection with the closure of a non-U.S. defined pension plan.
Additional pension expense of $5 in each of 2021, 2020 and 2019 was recognized for multi-employer plans.
The projected benefit obligations, accumulated benefit obligations, plan assets and funded status of the Company's U.S. and
non-U.S. plans were as follows:
Projected Benefit Obligations
Benefit obligations at January 1
Service cost
Interest cost
Plan participants’ contributions
Amendments
Settlements
Curtailments
Special termination benefits
Actuarial (gain) / loss
Benefits paid
Foreign currency translation
Benefit obligations at December 31
Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets at January 1
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Plan participants’ contributions
Settlements
Benefits paid
Foreign currency translation
Fair value of plan assets at December 31
Funded status
Accumulated benefit obligations at December 31
U.S. Plans
2021
2020
Non-U.S. Plans
2021
2020
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,505
20
25
—
2
—
(10)
6
(43)
(92)
—
1,413
1,152
115
2
—
—
(92)
—
1,177
$
$
$
$
1,440
18
38
—
1
(7)
—
—
109
(94)
—
1,505
1,131
113
9
—
(7)
(94)
—
1,152
(236)
$
(353)
1,361
$
1,445
$
$
$
$
$
$
3,172
13
32
2
(3)
(2,982)
(7)
—
444
(165)
7
513
3,518
(94)
234
2
(2,982)
(165)
16
529
16
474
$
$
$
$
$
$
3,155
10
52
2
—
(271)
—
—
276
(148)
96
3,172
3,480
334
18
2
(271)
(152)
107
3,518
346
3,111
For the year ended December 31, 2021, actuarial losses for the Company’s U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans totaled $638.
Actuarial gains and losses arise each year primarily due to changes in discount rates, differences in actual plan asset returns
compared to expected returns, and changes in actuarial assumptions such as mortality. The loss in 2021 is primarily due to the
remeasurement of the U.K. pension plan in conjunction with the settlement, partially offset by a gain of $65 due to actual asset
returns higher than expected returns and higher discount rates at the end of 2021.
U.S. pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations and projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were as
follows:
Projected benefit obligations
Accumulated benefit obligations
Fair value of plan assets
2021
2020
$
1,413
1,361
1,177
$
1,505
1,445
1,152
70
Non-U.S. pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were as follows:
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Projected benefit obligations
Accumulated benefit obligations
Fair value of plan assets
2021
$
284
253
147
Non-U.S. pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were as follows:
Projected benefit obligations
Accumulated benefit obligations
Fair value of plan assets
2021
$
288
257
151
$
$
2020
2020
354
320
191
432
389
194
The Company’s investment strategy in its U.S. plan is designed to generate returns that are consistent with providing benefits to
plan participants within the risk tolerance of the plan. Asset allocation is the primary determinant of return levels and
investment risk exposure.
The strategic ranges for asset allocation in the U.S. plans are as follows:
U.S. equities
International equities
Fixed income
Balanced funds
Real estate
45 %
7 %
18 %
7 %
4 %
to 55 %
to 13 %
to 28 %
to 13 %
to 10 %
Pension assets are classified into three levels. Level 1 asset values are derived from quoted prices which are available in active
markets as of the report date. Level 2 asset values are derived from other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level
1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the report date. Level 3 asset values are derived from unobservable
pricing inputs that are not corroborated by market data or other objective sources.
Level 1 Investments
Equity securities are valued at the latest quoted prices taken from the primary exchange on which the security trades. Mutual
funds are valued at the net asset value (NAV) of shares held at year-end.
Level 2 Investments
Fixed income securities, including government issued debt, corporate debt, asset-backed and structured debt securities are
valued using the latest bid prices or valuations based on a matrix system (which considers such factors as benchmark yields,
reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and other reference
data including market research publications). Derivatives, which consist mainly of interest rate swaps, are valued using a
discounted cash flow pricing model based on observable market data.
Level 3 Investments
Hedge funds and private equity funds are valued at the NAV at year-end. The values assigned to private equity funds are based
upon assessments of each underlying investment, incorporating valuations that consider the evaluation of financing and sale
transactions with third parties, expected cash flows and market-based information, including comparable transactions, and
performance multiples among other factors. Real estate investments are based on third party appraisals.
Investments Measured Using NAV per Share Practical Expedient
Investments measured using NAV per share as a practical expedient include investment funds that invest in global equity,
emerging markets and fixed income. The global equity funds invest in equity securities of various market sectors including
industrial materials, consumer discretionary goods and services, financial infrastructure, technology, and health care. The
emerging markets funds invest in equity markets within financial services, consumer goods and services, energy, and
technology.
71
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or
reflective of future fair value. Furthermore, while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent
with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial
instruments could result in different fair value measurements at the reporting date.
The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may
affect the valuation of the fair value of assets and their placement within the fair value hierarchy. The levels assigned to the
defined benefit plan assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are summarized in the tables below:
Level 1
Cash and cash equivalents
Global large cap equity
U.S. large cap equity
U.S. mid/small cap equity
Mutual funds – global equity
Mutual funds – U.S. equity
Mutual funds – fixed income
Level 2
Government issued debt securities
Corporate debt securities
Insurance contracts
Investment funds – fixed income
Level 3
Investment funds – real estate
Private equity
Real estate – direct
Total assets in fair value hierarchy
Investments measured at NAV Practical Expedient (a)
Investment funds – fixed income
Investment funds – global equity
Investment funds – emerging markets
Total investments at fair value
U.S. plan
assets
2021
Non-U.S. plan
assets
Total
$
68 $
—
238
332
93
85
71
887
21 $
8
6
25
—
—
—
60
—
61
—
—
61
79
5
25
109
1,057
112
—
7
17
3
110
38
168
92
2
15
109
337
25
167
—
119
1,176 $
$
192
529 $
89
8
244
357
93
85
71
947
17
64
110
38
229
171
7
40
218
1,394
137
167
7
311
1,705
72
Level 1
Cash and cash equivalents
Global large cap equity
U.S. large cap equity
U.S. mid/small cap equity
Mutual funds – global equity
Mutual funds – U.S. equity
Mutual funds – fixed income
Level 2
Government issued debt securities
Corporate debt securities
Asset backed securities
Structured debt
Insurance contracts
Derivatives
Investment funds – fixed income
Investment funds – global equity
Level 3
Investment funds – real estate
Hedge funds
Private equity
Real estate – direct
Crown Holdings, Inc.
$
U.S. plan
assets
2020
Non-U.S. plan
assets
Total
157 $
—
178
301
88
56
75
855
—
58
—
—
—
—
—
—
58
91
—
5
23
119
498 $
9
4
22
—
—
—
533
298
647
2
1,034
115
166
128
69
2,459
181
2
46
12
241
655
9
182
323
88
56
75
1,388
298
705
2
1,034
115
166
128
69
2,517
272
2
51
35
360
Total assets in fair value hierarchy
1,032
3,233
4,265
Investments measured at NAV Practical Expedient (a)
Investment funds – fixed income
Investment funds – global equity
Investment funds – emerging markets
Hedge funds
Total investments at fair value
$
112
—
7
—
119
1,151 $
25
141
—
109
275
3,508 $
137
141
7
109
394
4,659
(a) Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share practical expedient have not been classified in
the fair value hierarchy.
Accrued income excluded from the tables above was as follows:
U.S. plan assets
Non-U.S. plan assets
2021
$
1
—
2020
$
1
10
Plan assets include $357 and $323 of the Company’s common stock at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
73
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The following tables reconcile the beginning and ending balances of plan assets measured using significant unobservable inputs
(Level 3).
Balance at January 1, 2020
Foreign currency translation
Asset returns – assets held at reporting date
Asset returns – assets sold during the period
Purchases, sales and settlements, net
Balance at December 31, 2020
Foreign currency translation
Asset returns – assets held at reporting date
Asset returns – assets sold during the period
Purchases, sales and settlements, net
Balance at December 31, 2021
Hedge
funds
$
$
Private
equity
Real
estate
Total
43 $
1
3
(12)
(33)
2
—
(1)
1
(2)
— $
75 $
2
6
(9)
(23)
51
—
(48)
39
(35)
7 $
346 $
7
(15)
3
(34)
307
(1)
30
3
(128)
211 $
464
10
(6)
(18)
(90)
360
(1)
(19)
43
(165)
218
The following table presents additional information about the pension plan assets valued using net asset value as a practical
expedient:
Fair Value
Redemption
Frequency
Redemption Notice
Period
Balance at December 31, 2021
Investment funds – fixed income
Investment funds – global equity
Investment funds – emerging markets
Balance at December 31, 2020
Investment funds – fixed income
Investment funds – global equity
Investment funds – emerging markets
Hedge funds
$
$
137
167
7
137
141
7
109
Semi-monthly
Daily
Daily
Semi-monthly
Monthly
Daily
Monthly
1- 5 days
10 days
30 days
1- 5 days
1- 5 days
30 days
1 - 30 days
The pension plan assets valued using net asset value as a practical expedient do not have any unfunded commitments.
Pension assets and liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets were:
Non-current assets
Current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
$
2021
2020
158 $
11
367
532
8
537
The Company’s current liability at December 31, 2021, represents the expected required payments to be made for unfunded
plans over the next twelve months. Total estimated 2022 employer contributions are $27 for the Company’s pension plans.
Changes in the net loss and prior service cost (credit) for the Company’s pension plans were:
2021
2020
2019
Net loss
Prior
service
Net loss
Prior
service
Net loss
Prior
service
Balance at January 1
Reclassification to net periodic benefit cost
Current year loss / (gain)
Amendments
Foreign currency translation
Balance at December 31
$
$
1,802 $
(1,629)
640
(1)
2
814 $
8 $
(4)
(2)
—
—
2 $
1,808 $
(150)
118
—
26
1,802 $
8 $
(1)
—
1
—
8 $
1,962 $
(137)
(53)
—
36
1,808 $
(6)
14
—
—
—
8
74
Expected future benefit payments as of December 31, 2021 are:
Crown Holdings, Inc.
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 - 2031
U.S.
plans
$
Non-U.S.
plans
$
104
99
99
100
85
419
31
30
30
32
32
360
The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to calculate the benefit obligations at December 31 were:
U.S. Plans
Discount rate
Compensation increase
Non-U.S. Plans
Discount rate
Compensation increase
2021
2020
2019
2.9 %
4.7 %
2.5 %
4.7 %
3.2 %
4.7 %
2021
2020
2019
2.5 %
2.5 %
1.4 %
3.0 %
2.1 %
3.0 %
The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to calculate pension expense for each year were:
U.S. Plans
Discount rate - service cost
Discount rate - interest cost
Compensation increase
Long-term rate of return
Non-U.S. Plans
Discount rate - service cost
Discount rate - interest cost
Compensation increase
Long-term rate of return
2021
2020
2019
3.1 %
1.7 %
4.7 %
5.7 %
3.6 %
2.8 %
4.7 %
6.8 %
4.7 %
3.9 %
4.5 %
7.3 %
2021
2020
2019
2.2 %
1.8 %
2.5 %
3.3 %
2.6 %
1.9 %
3.0 %
3.3 %
3.0 %
2.7 %
3.2 %
4.3 %
The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is determined by taking into consideration expected long-term returns
associated with each major asset class based on long-term historical ranges, inflation assumptions and the expected net value
from active management of the assets based on actual results.
Other Postretirement Benefit Plans. The Company sponsors unfunded plans to provide health care and life insurance benefits
to certain retirees and survivors. Generally, the medical plans pay a stated percentage of medical expenses reduced by
deductibles and other coverages. Life insurance benefits are generally provided by insurance contracts. The Company reserves
the right, subject to existing agreements, to change, modify or discontinue the plans. A measurement date of December 31 was
used for the plans presented below.
The components of net postretirement benefits cost were as follows:
Other Postretirement Benefits
Service cost
Interest cost
Amortization of prior service credit
Amortization of actuarial loss
Net periodic benefit credit
2021
2020
2019
$
1
4
(26)
4
$
1
5
(26)
4
$
1
6
(34)
3
$
(17)
$
(16)
$
(24)
75
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Changes in the benefit obligations were:
Benefit obligations at January 1
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial (gain) / loss
Benefits paid
Foreign currency translation
Benefit obligations at December 31
2021
2020
$
$
163 $
1
4
(20)
(10)
(1)
137 $
161
1
5
7
(11)
—
163
Changes in the net loss and prior service credit for the Company’s postretirement benefit plans were:
2021
2020
2019
Net
loss
Prior
service
Net
loss
Prior
service
Net
loss
Prior
service
Balance at January 1
Reclassification to net periodic benefit cost
Current year (gain) / loss
Amendments
Balance at December 31
$
$
45 $
(4)
(20)
—
21 $
(46) $
26
—
—
(20) $
42 $
(4)
7
—
45 $
(72) $
26
—
—
(46) $
31 $
(3)
14
—
42 $
(105)
34
—
(1)
(72)
Expected future benefit payments are as follows:
Benefit Payments
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 - 2031
$
14
12
11
10
10
43
The assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31, 2021 were as follows:
Health care cost trend rate assumed for 2021
Rate that the cost trend rate gradually declines to
Year that the rate reaches the rate it is assumed to remain
4.5 %
3.8 %
2040
Weighted average discount rates used to calculate the benefit obligations at the end of each year and the cost for each year are
presented below:
Benefit obligations
Service cost
Interest cost
2021
2020
2019
3.4 %
5.9 %
3.6 %
2.8 %
4.1 %
3.3 %
3.5 %
4.8 %
4.2 %
Defined Contribution Benefit Plans. The Company also sponsors defined contribution benefit plans in certain jurisdictions
including the U.S. and the U.K. The Company recognized expense of $12, $13, and $11 in 2021, 2020 and 2019 related to
these plans.
76
Crown Holdings, Inc.
S. Income Taxes
The components of income before income taxes were as follows:
U.S.
Foreign
The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:
Current tax:
U.S. federal
State and foreign
Deferred tax:
U.S. federal
State and foreign
Total
2021
2020
2019
$
$
$
$
$
$
2021
143
(562)
(419)
2
239
241
46
(344)
(298)
(57)
$
$
$
$
$
$
2020
97
628
725
—
161
161
38
—
38
199
$
$
$
$
$
$
2019
1
630
631
(1)
165
164
17
(45)
(28)
136
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the U.S. statutory federal income
tax rate to pre-tax income as a result of the following items:
U.S. statutory rate at 21%
Tax on foreign income
Valuation allowance changes
State taxes
U.S. taxes on foreign income, net of credits
Tax contingencies
Tax law changes
Other items, net
Income tax provision / (benefit)
2021
2020
2019
$
$
(88)
(29)
26
9
13
8
(8)
12
(57)
$
$
152
27
(11)
5
14
1
4
7
$
199
$
133
10
(33)
7
15
19
(11)
(4)
136
The Company benefits from certain incentives in Brazil which allow it to pay reduced income taxes. The incentives expire at
various dates beginning in December 2025. These incentives increased net income attributable to the Company by $21 in 2021
and $17 in both 2020 and 2019.
The Company paid taxes of $253, $189 and $173 in 2021, 2020 and 2019.
In 2021, tax on foreign income includes income tax charges of $42 in continuing operations for reorganizations and other
transactions required to prepare the European Tinplate business for sale. Additionally, the Company recorded an income tax
charge of $44 to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets related to tax loss carryforwards in France. The
Company believes that it is more likely than not that these tax loss carryforwards will not be utilized after the sale of the
European Tinplate business. See Note B for more information regarding the sale of the European Tinplate business.
In 2021, the Company also recorded a tax benefit of $18 related to a deferred tax valuation allowance release resulting from
improved profitability in a Transit Packaging corporate entity. Additionally, the Company also recorded income tax benefits
related to tax law changes in India, Turkey and the U.K.
In 2019, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $36 related to a deferred tax valuation allowance release resulting
from an internal reorganization in Transit Packaging. Additionally, the Company recorded a charge of $15 related to the
settlement of a pre-acquisition tax contingency that arose from a transaction that occurred prior to its acquisition of Signode in
2018. The Company also recorded a benefit of $9 arising from tax law changes in India.
77
Crown Holdings, Inc.
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had not provided deferred taxes on approximately $1,500 of earnings in certain non-
U.S. subsidiaries because such earnings are indefinitely reinvested in its international operations. Upon distribution of such
earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company may be subject to incremental foreign tax. It is not practicable to
estimate the amount of foreign tax that might be payable.
The components of deferred taxes at December 31 were:
Tax carryforwards
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Pensions
Accruals and other
Asbestos
Postretirement and postemployment benefits
Lease liabilities
Right of use assets
Valuation allowances
Total
Tax carryforwards expire as follows:
2021
2020
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
$
$
346
—
21
105
96
56
31
29
—
(227)
457
$
$
$
—
317
176
13
109
—
—
—
28
—
643
$
$
424
—
24
124
89
61
35
34
—
(204)
587
$
$
$
—
354
130
101
84
—
—
—
33
—
702
Year
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Unlimited
$
Amount
10
12
13
28
24
142
117
Tax carryforwards expiring after 2026 include $110 of U.S. state tax loss carryforwards. The unlimited category includes $33
of Luxembourg tax loss carryforwards and $62 of French tax loss carryforwards.
Realization of any portion of the Company’s deferred tax assets is dependent upon the availability of taxable income in the
relevant jurisdictions. The Company considers all sources of taxable income, including (i) taxable income in any available
carryback period, (ii) the reversal of taxable temporary differences, (iii) tax-planning strategies, and (iv) taxable income
expected to be generated in the future other than from reversing temporary differences. The Company also considers whether
there have been cumulative losses in recent years. The Company records a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not
that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company’s valuation allowances at December 31, 2021 include $167 primarily related to the portion of U.S. state tax loss
carryforwards that the Company does not believe are more likely than not to be utilized prior to their expiration. The
Company’s ability to utilize state tax loss carryforwards is impacted by several factors including taxable income, expiration
dates, limitations imposed by certain states on the amount of loss carryforwards that can be used in a given year to offset
taxable income and whether the state permits the Company to file a combined return.
Management’s estimate of the appropriate valuation allowance in any jurisdiction involves a number of assumptions and
judgments, including the amount and timing of future taxable income. Should future results differ from management’s
estimates, it is possible there could be future adjustments to the valuation allowances that would result in an increase or
decrease in tax expense in the period such changes in estimates are made.
78
A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits follows:
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Balance at January 1
Additions for prior year tax positions
Lapse of statute of limitations
Settlements
Foreign currency translation
Balance at December 31
2021
2020
2019
$
$
42
9
(1)
—
(2)
48
$
$
39
1
—
—
2
42
$
$
35
20
(1)
(15)
—
39
The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits include potential liabilities related to transfer pricing, foreign withholding taxes, and
non-deductibility of expenses and exclude $2 of interest and penalties as of December 31, 2021.
The total interest and penalties recorded in income tax expense was less than $1 in 2021, 2020 and 2019. As of December 31,
2021, unrecognized tax benefits of $48, if recognized, would affect the Company's effective tax rate.
The Company’s unrecognized tax benefits are not expected to increase over the next twelve months and are expected to
decrease as open tax years lapse or claims are settled. The Company is unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible
changes in its unrecognized tax benefits in the next twelve months as it is unable to predict when, or if, the tax authorities will
commence their audits, the time needed for the audits, and the audit findings that will require settlement with the applicable tax
authorities, if any.
The tax years that remained subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions as of December 31, 2021 were, 2010 and
subsequent years for Germany; 2013 and subsequent years for India; 2015 and subsequent years for Spain; 2016 and subsequent
years for France, Italy, Mexico and the U.K.; 2017 and subsequent for Brazil and 2018 and subsequent years for Canada and the
U.S. The U.S. also remains subject to exam for 2017, specifically as it relates to the transition tax incurred related to the 2017
Tax Act. In addition, tax authorities in certain jurisdictions, including France, Belgium and the U.S., may examine earlier years
when tax carryforwards that were generated in those years are subsequently utilized.
T. Capital Stock
A summary of common share activity for the years ended December 31 follows (in shares):
Common shares outstanding at January 1
Shares repurchased
Shares issued upon exercise of employee stock options
Restricted stock issued to employees, net of forfeitures
Shares issued to non-employee directors
2021
134,801,030
(9,121,328)
—
435,129
16,968
2020
135,577,878
(1,240,328)
—
439,700
23,780
2019
135,173,948
(106,388)
70,000
416,695
23,623
Common shares outstanding at December 31
126,131,799
134,801,030
135,577,878
The Company declared and paid dividends of $0.80 per share in 2021. Additionally, on February 24, 2022, the Company's
Board of Directors declared a dividend of $0.22 per share payable on March 24, 2022 to shareholders of record as of March 10,
2022.
On December 9, 2021, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an aggregate amount of $3,000 of
Company common stock through the end of 2024. The new authorization supersedes the previous authorization announced in
February 2021, which authorized the repurchase of an aggregate amount of $1,500 of Company common stock through the end
of 2023. Share repurchases under the Company's program may be made in the open market or through privately negotiated
transactions, and at times and in such amounts as management deems appropriate. The timing and actual number of shares
repurchased will depend on a variety of factors including price, corporate and regulatory requirements and other market
conditions. The Company repurchased $950 of its shares during 2021.
The Company is not obligated to acquire any shares of its common stock and the share repurchase program may be suspended
or terminated at any time at the Company's discretion. Share repurchases are subject to the terms of the Company's debt
agreements, market conditions and other factors.
79
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The Board of Directors has the authority to issue, at any time or from time to time, up to 30 million shares of preferred stock
and has authority to fix the designations, number and voting rights, preferences, privileges, limitations, restrictions, conversion
rights and other special or relative rights, if any, of any class or series of any class of preferred stock that may be desired,
provided the shares of any such class or series of preferred stock shall not be entitled to more than one vote per share when
voting as a class with holders of the Company's common stock.
Dividends are payable when declared by the Company's Board of Directors and in accordance with the restrictions set forth in
the Company's debt agreements. While the Company's debt agreements impose restrictions on the Company's ability to pay
dividends and repurchase common stock, the debt agreements generally permit dividends and common stock repurchases
provided that the Company is in compliance with applicable financial and other covenants and meets certain liquidity
requirements.
U. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Attributable to Crown Holdings
The following table provides information about the changes in each component of accumulated other comprehensive income/
(loss) for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Balance at January 1, 2020
Other comprehensive (loss) / income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
income
Other comprehensive (loss) / income
Balance at December 31, 2020
Other comprehensive (loss) / income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
income
Other comprehensive income / (loss)
Balance at December 31, 2021
Defined
benefit
plans
Foreign
currency
translation
Gains and
losses on
cash flow
hedges
$
(1,449) $
(117)
(1,668) $
(91)
102
(15)
(1,464)
(419)
—
(91)
(1,759)
48
(14) $
9
35
44
30
71
1,115
696
(768) $
553
601
(1,158) $
$
(73)
(2)
28
$
Total
(3,131)
(199)
137
(62)
(3,193)
(300)
1,595
1,295
(1,898)
See Note N and Note R for further details of amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income related to
cash flow hedges and defined benefit plans.
During the year-ended December 31, 2021, the Company reclassified foreign currency translation as a result of the sale of the
European Tinplate business. See Note B for more information.
V. Revenue
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized revenue as follows:
Revenue recognized over time
Revenue recognized at a point in time
Total
2021
2020
2019
$
$
6,097
5,297
11,394
$
$
5,032
4,360
9,392
$
$
4,778
4,781
9,559
See Note Y for further disaggregation of the Company's revenue.
The Company has applied the practical expedient to exclude disclosure of remaining performance obligations as its binding
orders typically have a term of one year or less.
Contract assets are typically recognized for work in process related to the Company's three-piece printed products and
equipment business. Contract assets and liabilities are reported in a net position on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company
had net contract assets of $23 and $20 as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 included in prepaid and other current assets. For the
year ended December 31, 2021, the Company satisfied performance obligations related to contract assets at December 31, 2020
80
Crown Holdings, Inc.
related to the Company's equipment business and also recorded new contract assets primarily related to work in process for the
equipment business.
W. Stock-Based Compensation
The Company’s shareholder-approved stock-based incentive compensation plans provide for the granting of awards in the form
of stock options, deferred stock, restricted stock or stock appreciation rights (“SARs”). The awards may be subject to the
achievement of certain performance goals as determined by the Compensation Committee designated by the Company’s Board
of Directors. There have been no awards of SARs. At December 31, 2021, there were 2.2 million authorized shares available
for future awards.
Restricted and Deferred Stock
Annually, the Company awards shares of restricted stock to certain senior executives in the form of time-vesting restricted stock
and performance-based shares. The time-vesting restricted stock vests ratably over three years.
The performance-based share awards are subject to either a market condition or a performance condition. For awards subject to
a market condition, the metric is the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”), which includes share price appreciation and
dividends paid, during the three-year term of the award measured against the TSR of a peer group of companies. For awards
subject to a performance condition, the metric is the Company's average return on invested capital over the three-year term.
The performance-based shares cliff vest at the end of three years. The number of performance-based shares that will ultimately
vest is based on the level of performance achieved, ranging between 0% and 200% of the shares originally awarded, and is
settled in shares of common stock. Participants who terminate employment because of disability, death or, subject to Company
approval, retirement, receive accelerated vesting of their service condition to the date of termination and, if approved,
performance restrictions laps on the original vesting date.
The Company also issues shares of time-vesting restricted stock to U.S. employees and deferred stock to non-U.S. employees
which vest ratably over three to five years.
A summary of restricted and deferred stock activity follows:
Non-vested shares outstanding at January 1, 2021
Awarded:
Time-vesting
Performance-based
Released:
Time-vesting
Performance-based
Forfeitures:
Time-vesting
Performance-based
Non-vested shares outstanding at December 31, 2021
The average grant-date fair value of restricted stock awarded in 2021, 2020 and 2019 follows:
Number of shares
1,820,159
221,042
170,036
(418,426)
(224,358)
(284,247)
—
1,284,206
Time-vesting
Performance-based
2021
2020
2019
$
100.08
100.99
$
70.07
72.08
$
56.06
46.08
81
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The fair values of the performance-based awards that include a market condition were calculated using a Monte Carlo valuation
model and the following weighted average assumptions:
Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (years)
Expected stock price volatility
2021
2020
2019
0.2 %
3
35.5 %
1.6 %
3
22.0 %
2.5 %
3
21.4 %
At December 31, 2021, unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding restricted and deferred stock was $48. The
weighted average period over which the expense is expected to be recognized is 1.9 years. The aggregate market value of the
shares released on the vesting dates was $66 in 2021.
X. Earnings Per Share
The following table summarizes basic and diluted earnings per share ("EPS"). Basic EBS excludes all potentially dilutive
securities and is computed by dividing net income attributable to Crown Holdings by the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS includes the effect of stock options and restricted stock, when dilutive, as
calculated under the treasury stock method.
2021
2020
2019
Net (loss) / income from continuing operations attributable to Crown
Holdings
Net (loss) / income from discontinued operations attributable to Crown
Holdings
Net (loss) / income attributable to Crown Holdings
(507)
(53)
$
(560)
$
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Add: dilutive stock options and restricted stock
Diluted
Earnings per common share attributable to Crown Holdings:
Basic (loss) / earnings per common share from continuing operations
Basic (loss) / earnings per common share from discontinued operations
Basic (loss) / earnings per share
Diluted (loss) / earnings per common share from continuing operations
Diluted (loss) / earnings per common share from discontinued operations
Diluted (loss) / earnings per share
130.38
—
130.38
(3.89)
(0.41)
$
(4.30)
$
(3.89)
(0.41)
(4.30)
$
$
424
155
579
133.53
1.03
134.56
3.18
1.16
4.34
3.15
1.15
4.30
$
$
$
387
123
510
133.89
0.99
134.88
2.89
0.92
3.81
2.87
0.91
3.78
Contingently issuable shares excluded from the computation of diluted
earnings per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive
1.0
0.7
0.8
82
Y. Segment Information
Crown Holdings, Inc.
The Company’s business is generally organized by product line and geography. The Company has determined that it has the
following reportable segments: Americas Beverage, European Beverage, Asia Pacific and Transit Packaging. Other includes
the Company's food can, aerosol can and closures businesses in North America, and beverage tooling and equipment
operations in the U.S. and U.K.
The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on segment income. Segment income, which is not a
defined term under GAAP, is defined by the Company as income from operations adjusted to exclude intangibles
amortization charges, Restructuring and Other and the impact of fair value adjustments related to inventory acquired in an
acquisition. Segment income should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for net income data prepared in
accordance with GAAP and may not be comparable to calculations of similarly titled measures by other companies.
External
sales
Inter-
segment
sales
The tables below present information about operating segments reported as continuing operations for the three years ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
2021
Segment
assets
Depreciation
Capital
expenditures
Segment
income
$ 4,453
$
108
$
508
$
Americas Beverage
European Beverage
Asia Pacific
Transit Packaging
$ 4,441
$
1,843
1,322
2,530
Total reportable segments
10,136
Other
Corporate and unallocated items
Total
1,258
—
$ 11,394
$
—
133
—
25
158
114
—
272
2,025
1,784
4,225
12,487
1,129
242
51
61
41
261
17
4
$ 13,858
$
282
$
55
68
58
756
259
182
318
689
$ 1,515
58
40
787
2020
External
sales
Inter-
segment
sales
Segment
assets
Depreciation
Capital
expenditures
Segment
income
Americas Beverage
European Beverage
Asia Pacific
Transit Packaging
Total reportable segments
Other
Corporate and unallocated items
$ 3,565
$
1,473
1,168
2,018
8,224
1,168
—
Total
$ 9,392
$
2
39
—
13
54
100
—
154
$ 3,886
$
1,977
1,808
4,195
11,866
927
999
$ 13,792
$
93
47
56
45
241
15
4
260
72
69
40
514
30
10
554
$
$
333
$
652
215
175
254
$ 1,296
2019
External
sales
Inter-
segment
sales
Segment
assets
Depreciation
Capital
expenditures
Segment
income
Americas Beverage
European Beverage
Asia Pacific
Transit Packaging
Total reportable segments
Other
Corporate and unallocated items
$ 3,369
$
1,497
1,290
2,274
8,430
1,129
—
Total
$ 9,559
$
12
2
—
9
23
110
—
133
83
$ 3,577
$
1,782
1,604
4,157
11,120
904
694
88
54
52
57
251
14
2
$ 12,718
$
267
$
$
167
$
82
65
27
534
190
194
290
341
$ 1,208
24
26
391
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Intersegment sales primarily include sales of cans, ends and parts and equipment used in the manufacturing process.
Corporate and unallocated items include corporate and administrative costs, technology costs, and unallocated items such as
stock-based compensation.
A reconciliation of segment income of reportable segments to income before income taxes for the three years ended
December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 follows:
Segment income of reportable segments
Other
Corporate and unallocated items
Restructuring and other
Amortization of intangibles
Loss from early extinguishments of debt
Other pension and postretirement
Interest expense
Interest income
Foreign exchange
Income / (loss) from continuing operations before income
taxes and equity in net earnings of affiliates
2021
2020
2019
$
$
$
1,515
144
(159)
28
(165)
(68)
(1,515)
(253)
9
45
1,296
114
(170)
(30)
(162)
—
(43)
(290)
8
2
1,208
120
(162)
30
(169)
(27)
(10)
(367)
15
(7)
$
(419)
$
725
$
631
For the three years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, intercompany profit of $8, $9 and $6 was eliminated within
segment income of other.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, two customers each accounted for 11% of the Company's consolidated net sales.
These customers are global beverage companies served by the Company's beverage operations in the Americas, Europe and
Asia. These same two customers accounted for 11% and 10%, respectively, of the Company's consolidated net sales in 2020.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, one of these customers accounted for 12% of the Company's consolidated net sales.
Sales by major product were:
Metal beverage cans and ends
Transit packaging
Metal food cans and ends
Other products
Other metal packaging
Consolidated net sales
2021
2020
2019
$
$
6,982
2,530
789
580
513
11,394
$
$
5,716
2,018
733
451
474
9,392
$
$
5,588
2,274
730
457
510
9,559
The following table provides sales and long-lived asset information for the major countries in which the Company operates.
Long-lived assets comprises property, plant and equipment.
United States
Brazil
Mexico
Canada
United Kingdom
Other
Consolidated total
2021
$ 4,182
933
896
782
412
4,189
$ 11,394
Net Sales
2020
$ 3,586
706
681
662
234
3,523
$ 9,392
2019
$ 3,407
714
834
508
253
3,843
$ 9,559
Long-Lived Assets
2020
2021
$
$
1,259
510
437
97
96
1,637
4,036
$
$
922
396
421
93
81
1,739
3,652
84
Crown Holdings, Inc.
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
(In millions)
COLUMN A
COLUMN B
COLUMN C
Additions
COLUMN D COLUMN E COLUMN F
Description
Balance at
beginning of
period
Charged to
costs and
expense
Charged to
other
accounts
Acquisitions
Deductions
– write-offs
Balance at
end of period
For the year ended December 31, 2021
Allowances deducted from assets
to which they apply:
Deferred tax assets
204
38
(3)
—
(12)
227
For the year ended December 31, 2020
Allowances deducted from assets
to which they apply:
Deferred tax assets
242
(11)
1
—
(28)
204
For the year ended December 31, 2019
Allowances deducted from assets
to which they apply:
Deferred tax assets
281
(33)
5
—
(11)
242
ITEM 9.
None.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, management, including the Company’s Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure
controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation and as of the end of the period for which this report is made, the
Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were
effective to ensure that information to be disclosed in reports that the Company files and submits under the Exchange Act is
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and terms of the Securities and
Exchange Commission, and to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits
under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
The Company’s report on internal control over financial reporting is included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form
10-K.
There has been no change in internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2021
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
85
Crown Holdings, Inc.
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
None.
ITEM 9C.
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement within the sections entitled “Election of
Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” and is incorporated
herein by reference.
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the principal executive officers of the Company, including their
ages and positions.
Title
Year Assumed
Present Title
Name
Timothy J. Donahue
Gerard H. Gifford
Djalma Novaes, Jr.
Hock Huat Goh
Robert H. Bourque, Jr.
Thomas A. Kelly(1)
Kevin C. Clothier(1)
Christy L. Kalaus
Age
59
66
61
67
51
62
53
President and Chief Executive Officer
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
President – Americas Division
President – Asia Pacific Division
President – Transit Packaging Division
Senior Vice President
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
42 Vice President and Corporate Controller
2016
2017
2015
2018
2018
2022
2022
2022
(1) Thomas A. Kelly stepped down as the Chief Financial Officer on December 31, 2021 and will retire from the Company in
March 2022. Kevin C. Clothier, was appointed to the role of Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, effective
January 1, 2022.
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement within the sections entitled “Executive
Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and “Corporate Governance” and is incorporated herein by
reference.
86
Crown Holdings, Inc.
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Certain information required by this Item is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement within the sections entitled “Proxy
Statement – Meeting, April 28, 2022” and “Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors and Executive
Officers” and is incorporated herein by reference.
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2021 with respect to shares of the Company’s Common Stock
that may be issued under its equity compensation plans:
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
(a)
Weighted average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
(b)
220,669
220,669
—
—
Number of Securities
Remaining Available
For Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected
In Column (a))
(c)
2,902,113
2,902,113
Plan category
Equity compensation plans
approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders
Total
(1)
Includes the 2013 Stock-Based Incentive Compensation Plan.
(2) Includes 220,669 shares of deferred stock awarded from the 2013 Stock-Based Incentive Compensation Plan during
each year from 2013 through 2021. The shares are time-vesting and will be issued up to four years from their grant
date. The weighted-average exercise price in the table does not include these shares.
(3) Includes 2,376,677, 707,490 and 38,615 shares available for issuance at December 31, 2021 under the 2013 Stock
Based Incentive Compensation Plan, the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and the Stock Compensation
Plan for Non-Employee Directors.
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement within the sections entitled “Election of
Directors,” “Corporate Governance” and “Executive Compensation” and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is set forth in the Company’s Proxy Statement within the sections entitled “Principal
Accounting Fees and Services” and is incorporated herein by reference.
87
Crown Holdings, Inc.
PART IV
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
a)
The following documents are filed as part of this report:
(1) All Financial Statements (see Part II, Item 8)
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(2) Financial Statement Schedules:
Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is included in the
Consolidated Financial Statements.
(3) Exhibits
3.a
3.b
4.a
4.b
4.c
4.d
4.e
4.f
4.g
Articles of Incorporation of Crown Holdings, Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.a of
the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004 (File No. 000-50189)).
Amended and Restated By-Laws of Crown Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.ii of
the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 23, 2020 (File No. 000-50189)).
Specimen certificate of Registrant’s Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.a of the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 1-2227)).
Indenture, dated December 17, 1996, among Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., Crown Cork & Seal Finance
PLC, Crown Cork & Seal Finance S.A. and the Bank of New York, as trustee (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996 (File No. 1-2227)).
Form of the Registrant's 7-3/8% Debentures Due 2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of
the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996 (File No. 1-2227)).
Officers' Certificate for 7-3/8% Debentures Due 2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.6 of
the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996 (File No. 1-2227)).
Form of the Registrant's 7-1/2% Debentures Due 2096 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of
the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996 (File No. 1-2227)).
Officers' Certificate for 7-1/2% Debentures Due 2096 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.7 of
the Registrant's Current Report on From 8-K dated December 17, 1996 (File No. 1-2227)).
Terms Agreement, dated December 12, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the
Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996 (File No. 1-2227)).
88
Crown Holdings, Inc.
4.h
4.i
4. j
4. k
4.l
Form of Bearer Security Depositary Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form S-3, dated November 26, 1996, amended December 5 and 10, 1996 (File No.
333-16869)).
Supplemental Indenture to Indenture dated December 17, 1996, dated as of February 25, 2003, between Crown
Cork & Seal Company, Inc., as Issuer and Guarantor, Crown Cork & Seal Finance PLC, as Issuer, Crown Cork &
Seal Finance S.A., as Issuer, Crown Holdings, Inc., as Additional Guarantor and Bank One Trust Company,
N.A., as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
February 26, 2003 (File No. 000-50189)).
Indenture, dated as of September 15, 2016, by and among Crown European Holdings S.A., as Issuer,
the Guarantors named therein, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, and the other parties thereto, relating
to the €600 million 2.625% Senior Notes due 2024 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the
Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 19, 2016 (File No. 000-50189)).
Indenture, dated as of September 15, 2016, by and among Crown Americas LLC and Crown Americas Capital
Corp. V, as Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to
the $400 million 4.250% Senior Notes due 2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant's
Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 19, 2016 (File No. 000-50189)).
Indenture, dated as of May 5, 2015, among Crown European Holdings S.A., the Guarantors (as defined therein),
U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch, as paying agent,
and Elavon Financial Services Limited, as registrar and transfer agent, relating to the €600 million 3.375%
Senior Notes due 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q dated July 30, 2015 (File No. 000-50189)).
4.m Amended & Restated Credit Agreement, dated April 7, 2017, by and among Crown Americas LLC, Crown
European Holdings S.A., Crown Metal Packaging Canada LP, each of the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to
time party thereto, Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc., Crown International Holdings,
Inc., each other Credit Party from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG Canada Branch, Deutsche
Bank AG London Branch, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, and various Lenders referred to therein
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2017 (File No. 000-50189)).
4.n
4.o
4.p
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2017, among Crown
Americas LLC, Crown European Holdings S.A., Crown Metal Packaging Canada LP, each of the Subsidiary
Borrowers party thereto, Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. and Crown International
Holdings, Inc., each other Credit Party from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch,
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, Deutsche Bank AG, Canada Branch, and various Lenders referred to
therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2017 (File No. 000-50189)).
Incremental Amendment No. 1, dated as of January 29, 2018, among Crown Americas LLC, Crown European
Holdings S.A., Crown Metal Packaging Canada LP, each of the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, Crown
Holdings, Inc., Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. and Crown International Holdings, Inc., each other Credit
Party from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG, London
Branch, Deutsche Bank AG, Canada Branch, and various Lenders referred to therein (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017).
Indenture, dated as of January 26, 2018, by and among Crown European Holdings S.A., as Issuer, the
Guarantors named therein, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, and the other parties thereto, relating to
the €335 million 2.250% Senior Notes due 2023 and the €500 million 2.875% Senior Notes due 2026
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 1,
2018 (File No. 000-50189)).
4.q
Indenture, dated as of January 26, 2018, by and among Crown Americas LLC and Crown Americas Capital
Corp. VI, as Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to
89
Crown Holdings, Inc.
4.r
4.s
4.t
4.u
4. v
the $875 million 4.750% Senior Notes due 2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Registrant's
Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 1, 2018 (File No. 000-50189)).
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of January 26, 2018, by and among Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown
Americas LLC and Crown Americas Capital Corp. VI, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as representative of the
initial purchasers, and the Guarantors (as defined therein), relating to the $875 million 4.750% Senior Notes due
2026 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 1,
2018 (File No. 000-50189)).
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, First Amendment to the U.S. Guarantee
Agreement and First Amendment to U.S. Indemnity, Subrogation and Contribution Agreement, dated as of
March 23, 2018, among Crown Americas LLC, Crown European Holdings S.A., Crown Metal Packaging
Canada LP, each of the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown
Cork & Seal Company, Inc. and Crown International Holdings, Inc., each other Credit Party from time to time
party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, Deutsche Bank AG,
Canada Branch, and various Lenders referred to therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.cc of the
Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018).
Incremental Amendment No. 2 and Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of
December 13, 2019, among Crown Americas LLC, Crown European Holdings S.A., Crown Metal Packaging
Canada LP, each of the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown
Cork & Seal Company, Inc., and Crown International Holdings, Inc., each other Credit Party from time to time
party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG London Branch, Deutsche Bank AG,
Canada Branch, and the various Lenders referred to therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the
Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated February 28, 2020 (File No. 000-50189)).
Indenture, dated as of October 31, 2019, by and among Crown European Holdings S.A., as Issuer, the
Guarantors named therein, U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, and the other parties thereto, relating to the
€550 million 0.750% Senior Notes due 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant's
Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 4, 2019 (File No. 000-50189)).
Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 4, 2021, among Crown
Americas LLC, Crown European Holdings S.A., Crown Metal Packaging Canada LP, each of the Subsidiary
Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Crown Holdings, Inc., Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. and
Crown International Holdings, Inc., each other Credit Party from time to time party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG
New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, Deutsche Bank AG, Canada Branch, and various
Lenders referred to therein.
4.w Description of the Registrant's Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.ff of the Registrant's Annual
Report on Form 10-k for the year ended December 31, 2019 (File No. 000-50189)).
4.x
Other long-term agreements of the Registrant are not filed pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K,
and the Registrant agrees to furnish copies of such agreements to the Securities and Exchange Commission
upon its requests.
10.a
Employment Contracts:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Employment Agreement, dated December 30, 2015, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Timothy J.
Donahue (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K
dated January 5, 2016 (File No. 000-50189)).
First amendment to the employment contract, effective June 1, 2012, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and
Gerard Gifford, dated as of July 24, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 (File No 000-50189)).
Executive Employment Agreement, effective June 1, 2012, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Gerard
Gifford (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended June 30, 2012 (File No 000-50189)).
90
Crown Holdings, Inc.
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Employment contract between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Thomas A. Kelly, dated July 24, 2013
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2013 (File No. 000-50189)).
Employment contract between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Djalma Novaes Jr., dated February 26,
2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.c(11) of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 000-50189)).
Executive Employment Agreement, effective May 1, 2016, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and
Robert Bourque, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 (File No. 000-50189)).
Employment contract between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Didier Sourisseau, effective April 1,
2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.a of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2017) (File No. 000-50189)).
Employment Agreement, dated January 7, 2022, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Kevin C.
Clothier (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Periodic Report on Form 8-K filed
January 11, 2022 (File No. 000-50189)).
10.b Crown Holdings, Inc. Economic Profit Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 2018 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.b of the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2018 (File No. 000-50189)).
10.c Crown Holdings, Inc. Senior Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.l of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2007 (File No. 000-50189)).
10.d
Senior Executive Retirement Agreements:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Senior Executive Retirement Agreement between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Timothy J. Donahue, dated
May 3, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4(e) of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007 (File No. 000-50189)).
Senior Executive Retirement Agreement, effective June 1, 2012, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and
Gerard Gifford (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 (File No 000-50189)).
Amendment No. 1 to the Senior Executive Retirement Agreement, effective June 1, 2012, between
Crown Holdings, Inc. and Gerard Gifford dated December 28, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.m(7) of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (File
No. 000-50189)).
Senior Executive Retirement Agreement, effective July 24, 2013, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and
Thomas A. Kelly (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 (File No 000-50189)).
Senior Executive Retirement Agreement between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Djalma Novaes Jr., dated
February 26, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.f(9) of the Registrant’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (File No. 000-50189)).
Senior Executive Retirement Agreement, effective May 1, 2016, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and
Robert Bourque, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 (File No. 000-50189)).
Amendment No. 2 to the Senior Executive Retirement Agreement, effective as of May 17, 2016,
between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Gerard Gifford (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2016 (File No. 000-50189)).
91
Crown Holdings, Inc.
(8)
(9)
Senior Executive Retirement Agreement between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Didier Sourisseau, effective
April 1, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.b of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 (File No. 000-50189)).
Amended and Restated Senior Executive Retirement Agreement, effective as of June 1, 2017, between
Crown Holdings, Inc. and Gerard Gifford (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.c of the Registrant's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 (File No. 000-50189)).
(10) Amendment No.1 to Amend and Restate Senior Executive Retirement Agreement, effective October 21,
2020, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Gerard Gifford (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.d of the
Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 2020 (File No.
1-50189)).
(11) Amendment No.1 to Amend and Restate Senior Executive Retirement Agreement, effective April 21,
2021, between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Didier Sourisseau (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10(d)(11) of the Registrant’s Periodic Report on Form 8-K filed April 23, 2021 (File No. 000-50189)).
10.e
Form of Agreement for Non-Qualified Stock Option Awards under Crown Holdings, Inc. 2004 Stock-Based
Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 (File No. 000-51089)).
10.f Crown Holdings, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as Amended and Restated, effective
January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.w of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2008 (File No. 000-50189)).
10.g Crown Holdings, Inc. Stock Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, dated as of April 22, 2004
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 19, 2004 (File No. 000-50189)).
10.h Amendment No. 1, effective April 1, 2005, to the Crown Holdings, Inc. Stock Compensation Plan for Non-
Employee Directors, dated as of April 22, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the
Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 (File No. 000-50189)).
10.i
10.j
10.k
10.l
Crown Holdings, Inc. 2013 Stock-Based Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to the
Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on March 18, 2013 (File No. 000-50189)).
Form of Agreement for Restricted Stock Awards under Crown Holdings, Inc. 2013 Stock-Based Incentive
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 (File No. 000-50189)).
Form of Agreement for Deferred Stock Awards under Crown Holdings, Inc. 2013 Stock-Based Incentive
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013 (File No. 000-50189)).
Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. Restoration Plan, dated July 28, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 (File No.
000-50189)).
10.m Amendment No. 1, effective July 1, 2011, to the Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc. Restoration Plan
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended June 30, 2012 (File No. 000-50189)).
10.n Amendment No. 1, effective February 28, 2020, to the Crown Holdings, Inc. 2013 Stock-Based Incentive
Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on From
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2020 (File No. 000-50189)).
10.v Amendment No. 2, effective February 25, 2021, to the Crown Holdings, Inc. 2013 Stock-Based Incentive
Compensation Plan.
92
Crown Holdings, Inc.
10.o Transaction Bonus Agreement, effective April 16, 2021, by, and between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Didier
Sourisseau (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(12) of the Registrant’s Periodic Report on Form 8-
K filed July 23, 2022 (File No. 000-50189)).
10.p Consulting Agreement, effective August 1, 2021, by, and between Crown Holdings, Inc. and Didier Sourisseau
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d)(13) of the Registrant’s Periodic Report on Form 8-K filed July
23, 2022 (File No. 000-50189)).
10.y Share and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2021, by and among the Company, Crown Cork &
Seal Deutschland Holdings GmbH, Blitz F21-387 GmbH, Kouti B.V. and Macsco 20.10 Limited (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 13, 2021 (File
No. 000-50189)).
Exhibits 10.c through 10.m are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed
as exhibits pursuant to Item 14(c) of this Report.
21
22
23
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
List of Guarantors.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or 15d-14(a) of the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32
101
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, executed by Timothy J. Donahue, President and Chief Executive Officer of Crown Holdings, Inc. and
Thomas A. Kelly, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Crown Holdings, Inc.
The following financial information from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2021 formatted in Inline XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i)
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, (ii)
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, 2020
and 2019; (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, (iv)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, (v)
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the twelve months ended December 31,
2021, 2020 and 2019 and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File - the cover page interactive data file does not appear in the Interactive Data
File because its XBRL tags are embedded with the XBRL document.
ITEM 16.
FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
93
Crown Holdings, Inc.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Registrant
By:
/s/ Christy L. Kalaus
Christy L. Kalaus
Vice President and Corporate Controller
Date: February 28, 2022
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Timothy J. Donahue, Kevin C. Clothier
and Adam J. Dickstein, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or
her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Company’s
2021 fiscal year, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact
and agents or any of them, or their respective substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
in the capacities and on the date indicated above.
SIGNATURE
TITLE
/s/ Timothy J. Donahue
Timothy J. Donahue
/s/ Kevin C. Clothier
Kevin C. Clothier
/s/ Christy L. Kalaus
Christy L. Kalaus
/s/ John W. Conway
John W. Conway, Chairman of the Board
/s/ Richard H. Fearon
Richard H. Fearon
/s/ Andrea J. Funk
Andrea J. Funk
/s/ Stephen J. Hagge
Stephen J. Hagge
/s/ James H. Miller
James H. Miller
/s/ Josef M. Müller
Josef M. Müller
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Vice President and Corporate Controller
DIRECTORS
/s/ B. Craig Owens
B. Craig Owens
/s/ Caesar F. Sweitzer
Caesar F. Sweitzer
/s/ Jim L. Turner
Jim L. Turner
/s/ William S. Urkiel
William S. Urkiel
/s/ Dwayne A. Wilson
Dwayne A. Wilson
94
Please visit our website www.crowncork.com
to read more of our story and obtain additional information.
CORPORATE/AMERICAS DIVISION HEADQUARTERS
Crown Holdings, Inc.
Crown Americas LLC
770 Township Line Road
Yardley, PA 19067 USA
Main Tel: +1 (215) 698-5100
EUROPEAN DIVISION HEADQUARTERS
Crown Packaging Europe Division GmbH
Baarermatte
CH-6340 Baar
Switzerland
Main Tel: +41 41 759 10 00
ASIA PACIFIC DIVISION HEADQUARTERS
Crown Asia Pacific Holdings Pte. Ltd.
10 Hoe Chiang Road #19-01
Keppel Towers
Singapore 089315
Main Tel: +65 6423 9798
TRANSIT PACKAGING DIVISION HEADQUARTERS
Signode Industrial Group
14025 Riveredge Drive
Tampa, FL 33637
Main Tel: +1 (847) 724-6100
This report is printed on recycled paper using soy-based inks.